Daily Moon Phases

Tuesday, March 22, 2011

Learning About Probable Realities - Seth.

There's more to life than one small way of looking at things. Take for example this excerpt from - A Seth Book, The "Unknown" Reality, Volume 1 - by Jane Roberts and Robert F. Butts.



   "Such experiences as Ruburt's Saratoga episode are valuable because they begin a process in which other neurological pulses are to some dregree recognized. Over a period of time, this can bring about some conscious experience with probable realities. In the beginning the glimpses may be very brief, and the sense experience misty. Nevertheless, new patterns and cognitive endeavors are being set up between the neurological structure and the consciousness that you know.

An excellent preliminary exercise is the following:
Take any remembered scene from your own past. Experience it as clearly as possible imaginatively, but with the idea of its probable extensions. Sometime, immediately or after a few tries, a particular portion of the scene will become gray or shadowy. It is not a part of the past that you know, but an intersection point where that past served as an offshoot into a series of probabilities that you did not follow.

Instead of a shadowy element, you yourself may feel unsubstantial -- "ghostly," as Ruburt did. Instead of any of those things, the imagined dialogue-- if there is any--may suddenly change from the dialogue that you remember, or the entire scene and action may quickly alter. Any of these occurrences can be hints that you are beginning to glimpse the probable variations of the particular scene or action. It is the subjective feeling that is the important clue here, and once you experience it, there will be no doubt in your mind.

Some people will have little trouble with the exercise, and others will need to exert persistence before finding any success at all. This method is even more effective when you choose from your past a scene in which a choice was involved that was important to you. In such a case begin imaginatively, following through with the other decision or decisions that you might have made. At one point a shadowy effect--grayness, or other characteristics, will occur. One of several of these may be involved, but your subjective feeling is the most important clue. Imagination may bring you a clear picture that may then become fuzzy, and in that case, the blurred quality would be your hint of probable action.

Until you have tried the exercise and become fully acquainted with it, you will not understand its effectiveness. You will know for instance, when the remembered event and imagination intersect with another probability. Whether or not you have any great success, the exercise will begin a neurological reorientation that will be most important would you to hope to glimpse realities that are outside your present neurologically accepted sense-reality.

This exercise is a mental and biological doorway that can expand both your concepts of yourself and reality. There may be instances in which it seems that little progress is made during the exercise itself. During the day, having made an important decision in one direction, you may begin to feel the reality of the opposite decision and its ramifications.

The exercise may also result in a different kind of a dream, one that is recognized within the dream state, at least as an introduction to a probable reality. You deal directly with future probablities in the dream state in any case. For example, a series of dreams you may try out various solutions to a given problem and choose one of these. That choice becomes your physical reality.

According to the intensity of the situation, another also desirable solution may be worked out in a probable reality. On an unconscious level you are aware of your probable selves and they of you. You share the same psychic roots and your joint yet separate dreams are available to "all of you." This does not mean that you are dreaming someone elses's dream, any more than it means that twins do, for example. It does mean that your probable selves and you share in a body of symbolism, background, and ability. The multistructured nature of the dream state allows for dream dramas, in which probable selves do appear. They may appear as symbolically representing strong characteristics upon which they have focused, though you have ignored them.

The dream state does operate as a rich web of communication between probable selves and probable existences. All probabilities spring from inner reality, from the psyche's own inner activity and structure. The consciousness that you know, can indeed now emerge into even greater realization of itself, but, not by obsessively defending its old position. Instead, it must recognize its power as the director of probable action, and no longer inhibit its own greater capacities.

In your terms, until now your consciousness has specialized in neurological patterning. As mentioned, this was extremely important while it learned the art of specialized focus. Now though, it must begin to recognize it can indeed expand and bring into its awareness other legitimate realities. The nature of probabilities must be understood because the time has come in the world as you experience it, where the greatest wisdom and discrimination are needed. Your consciousness and neurolgical prejudice blind you to the full dimension of physical activity. The true implications of physical action are not as yet apparent to you.

You are beginning to understand the reality of your planet, for example, you cannot plunder it, is what you are only beginning to learn. Opening up your consciousness to previously denied messages, would bring you in direct contact with other life-forms on your planet, in a way that you have formerly denied yourselves. Your cellular knowledge of past and future probabilities alone would teach you a spiritual and corporal courtesy.

The "unknown" reality sustains you and the web of life as you know it. Your conscious concepts must enlarge so that the conscious self can understand its true nature. As you think of it, consciousness is barely--BARELY--half developed. It has learned to identify with one small group of neurologically accepted responses. Portions of the brain not used, lie latent, waiting, for the recognition that will trigger them into activity. When this happens the mind will become aware of the rich bed of probabilities on which the ego now rides so blindly.

THE GREAT LATENT BUT ALWAYS SENSED DIMENSIONS OF SPIRITUALIZED CREATUREHOOD WILL THEN BEGIN TO FLOWER.
A few great men have glimpsed those abilities, and their love of the race and their integrity had caused them to trigger the unused portions of the brain. In their way, they sensed the great probable future and its ramifications. In centuries past they saw your present, though, through their own vision, and so, it ws only partially the present as you know it. Your emotional reality truly leaps into its own only now and then because your very concepts of yourselves deny the multidimensional aspects of your being. The need and the yearning to love and to know are both biologically present within you. They are present within the animals and within a blade of grass.

The concepts of God that you have, went hand in hand with the development of your consciousness. The ego emerging needed to feel its dominance and control so it imagined a dominant god apart from nature. Nations often acted as group egos, each with its own god-picturing and concepts of power. Whenever a tribe, group or nation decided to embark upon a war, it always used the concept of its god to lead it on. The god concept then was an aid, and an important one, to man's emerging ego. To develop its sense of specialization the ego forgot the great cooperative venture of the earth. If a hunter literally knows his relationship with an animal then he cannot kill it. On deeper levels both animal and man understand the connections. Biologically, the man knows he has come from the earth. Some of his cells have been the cells of animals, and the animal knows he will look out through a man's eyes. The earth venture is cooperative. The slain beast is tomorrow's hunter. In terms of ego consciousness, there were stages of growth, and the god concepts that spoke of oneness with nature, were not those that served the ego's purposes in the line of development as you understand it.

For a while, such techniques worked. Always however, there was the undeniable inner self in the background: mankinds dreams, their biological and spiritual integrity, and this, in one way or another, was always before them.

In your probability you allowed the inner self some freedom and therefore the so-called egotistical consciousness wasn't given complete sway. It remained flexible enough so that even hidden in its god concepts there were symbols of greater reality. Your system deals with physical manipulability and the translation of creativity into physical form. An exterior separation had to occur for a while in which consciousness forgot, egotistically speaking, that it was part of nature, and it pretended to be apart.

It was known however, and unconsciously written in the cells, mind, and heart, that this procedure would only go so far.

When man's consciousness was sure of itself, it would not need to be so narrowly focused. Then the true flowering of humanity's consciousness could begin. Then the ego could expand and become aware of realities it had "earlier" ignored.

YOU HAVE PUT YOURSELVES IN A POSITION WHERE YOUR CONSCIOUSNESS MUST NOW BECOME AWARE OF THE PROBABLE PASTS AND PROBABLE FUTURES IN ORDER TO FORM FOR YOURSELVES A SANE, FULFILLING, AND CREATIVE PRESENT.

Ego consciousness must now be familiarized with its roots, or it will turn into something else.


You are in a position where your private experience of yourself does not correlate with what you are told by your societies, churches, sciences, archaeologies, or other disciplines. Man's "unconscious" knowledge is becoming more and more consciously apparent. This will be done under, and with the direction of an enlightened and expanding egotistical awareness that can organize the hereto neglected knowledge -- OR
it will be done at the expense of the reasoning intellect leading to a rebirth of superstition, chaos and unnecessary war between reason and intuitive knowledge.

When at this point now of mankind's development, his emerging unconscious knowledge is denied by his institutions, then it will rise up despite those institutions, and annihilate them.
Cult after cult will emerge, each unrestrained by the use of reason, because reason will have denied the existence of rampant unconscious knowledge, disorganized and feeling only its own ancient force.
If this happens, all kinds of old and new religious denominations will war, and all kinds of ideologies surface. This need not take place, for the conscious mind -- basically now having learned to focus in the physical terms -- meant to expand, to accept unconscious intuitions and knowledge, and to organize these deeply creative principles into cultural patterns.

 The great emotion of love has been thus far poorly used. Yet, it represents even the biological impetus of your being.

Your religions in a large measure, have taught you to hate yourselves and your physical existence. They have told you to love God, but rarely taught you to experience the Gods in yourselves. In one way or another religions have always followed the development of your consciousness, and so they have seved its purposes and yours; and they have always reflected, though distorted, those greater inner realities of your being. In historic terms, as you understand them, the "progression" of religion gives you a perfect picture of the development of human consciousness, the differentiation of peoples and nations, and the growth of the ideas of the "individual." There is nothing wrong with the concept of an egotistically based individual being -- I am not suggesting that your individuality is something to be lost, thrown aside, or superseded, nor am I saying that it should be buried, submerged or dissolved in a superself.  I am not suggesting that its edges be blurred by a powerful unconscious. I am only saying that the individual self must become consciously aware of far more reality, that it must allow its recognition of identity to expand, so that it includes previously unconscious knowledge.

To do this, you must understand that man must move beyond the concepts of one god, one self, one body, one world, the way these ideas are currently understood. You are now poised on a threshold from which the race can go in many ways. There are species of consciousness. Your species is in a time of change. There are potentials within the body's mechanisms not as yet used. Developed, they can immeasurably enrich the race and bring it to levels of spiritual, psychic, and physical fulfillment.

If some changes are not made, the race as such, as the way it is now, will not endure. This does not mean that you will not endure, or that in another probability the race will not, but that in your terms of historical sequence, the race will not endure.

Speaking now in those historic terms you understand, let me say, there was no single-line development from animal to man, but parallel lines in which, for centuries, animal-man and man-animal coexisted cooperatively. In the same way, unknown amongst you, many species of what you may call probable man, dwell in embryo form.

Because of the ego's particular line of development, you have experimented with artificial drugs and chemicals, both in foods and for medicinal purposes, as well for "religious" enlightenment. Some of the effects of LSD and other artificial psychedelic drugs, give you a hint of other probable directions that your consciousness might have followed, or might still follow. However, as the experiments are conducted and in the ignorance which it has in the framework we're talking about now, the conscious mind takes a subordinate position. Using methods other than drugs, instead, your conscious mind could be taught to expand its knowledge far more safely, to organize itself in ways that could be most advantageous. Even so, some of the experiments do give hints of certain aspects of one of the species' probable developments. (I think Seth loves us. Yap! I could feel it. He desires for our best fulfillment.)

You cannot do anything, literally, that is not natural. Nevertheless, over a period of time, "artificial" chemicals taken with food into the body will form a new kind of nature, in your terms.

Your bodies are beautifully equipped and will turn almost anything to their advantage. According to many schools of thought, so-called artificial drugs, or chemicals, are considered in a very negative light, cutting you off from nature. Yet such experiments represent a strong line of probability only in its "infancy" as yet, in which man could sustain himself without draining the earth, and to live without killing animals, and literally form a new kind of physical structure connected to the earth, while not depleting its substance. This does not mean that in the meantime some biological confusion might not result, it does mean that even in those terms, and consciously unknowing, mankind is experimenting with a probable species and working out quite spiritual issues. Your probable futures and your probable pasts, in larger terms, exist at once."


That's the message!
---------



The Predator's Pact

Saturday, March 12, 2011

Ponerology by Andrew M. Lobaczewski.

In his book Political Ponerology, Andrew M. Lobaczewski brings us to a clearer understanding of what is psychopathic behavior, and how to deal with it in the community.

Here's an excerpt from chapter 3:

"The Hysteroidal Cycle

     During "good" times, the search for truth becomes uncomfortable because it reveals inconvenient facts. It is better to think about easeir and more pleasant things. Unconscious elimination of data which are, or appear to be inexpedient, gradually turn into habit, and then becomes a custom accepted by society at large.
The problem is that any thought process based on such truncated information cannot possibly give rise to correct conclusions; it further leads to subconscious substitution of inconvenient premises by more convenient ones, thereby approaching the boundaries of psychopathology.
Such contented periods for one group of people -- often rooted in some injustice to other people or nations -- start to strangle the capacity for individual and societal consciousness; subconscious factors take over a decisive role in life.

Such a society, already infected by the hysteroidal state, considers any perception of uncomfortable truth to be a sign of "ill-breeding."
[Note on Hysteroidal: Hysteria is a psychological state of uncontrollable fear or exaggerated excitibility. Here it is being used to describe "fear of truth" or "fear of thinking" about unpleasant things so as to not 'rock the boat' of current contentment.]

In such times, the capacity for logical and disciplined thought, born of necessity during difficult times, begins to fade. When communities lose the capacity for psychological reason, and moral criticism, the processes of the generation of evil are intensified at every social scale, whether individual or macrosocial, until everything reverts to "bad" times.
We already know that every society contains a certain percentage of people carrying psychological deviations caused by various inherited or acquired factors which produce anomalies in perception, thought, and character. Many such people attempt to impart meaning to their deviant lives by means of social hyperactivity. 

They create their own myths and ideologies of overcompensation and have the tendency to egotistically insinuate to others that their own deviant perceptions and their resulting goals and ideas are superior.
When a few generations' worth of "good-time" insouciance results in societal deficit regarding psychological skill and moral criticism, this paves the way for pathological plotters, snake-charmers, and even more primitive impostors to act and merge into the processes of the origination of evil. They are essential factors in its synthesis.

The participation of pathological factors is a common phenomenon in the processes of the origin of evil."


And...further on in this chapter:

     "America, especially the U.S.A., has reached a nadir for the first time in its short history." "The emotionalism dominating individual, collective and political life, as well as the subconscious selection and substititution of data in reasoning, are impoverishing the development of a psychological world view and leading to individual and national egotism. The mania for taking offense at the drop of a hat provokes constant retaliation, taking advantage of hyper-irritability and hypo-criticality on the part of others."

"America's psychological recession drags in its wake an impaired socio-professional adaptation of this country's people, leading to a waste of human talent and an involution of societal structure. If we were to calculate this country's adaptation correlation index, as suggested in the prior chapter, it would probably be lower than the great majority of the free and civilized nations of this world, and possibly lower than some countries which have lost their freedom.

A highly talented individual in the USA finds it ever more difficult to fight his way through to self-realization and a socially creative position. Universities, politics, and businesses ever more frequently demonstrate a united front of relatively untalented persons and even incompetent persons. The word "overeducated" is heard more and more often. Such "overqualified" individuals finally hide out in some foundation laboratory where they are allowed to earn the Nobel prize as long as they do not do anything really useful. In the meantime, the country as a whole suffers due to a deficit in the inspirational role of highly gifted individuals.

As a result, America is stifling progress in all areas of life, from culture to technology and economics, not excluding political incompetence. When  linked to other deficiencies, an egotist's incapability of understanding other people and nations leads to political error and the scapegoating of outsiders. Slamming the brakes on the evolution of political structures and social institutions increases both administrative inertia and discontent on the part of its victims."




Thursday, March 10, 2011

Countless Millions Dead Fish Floating In Redondo Beach Harbor.

Countless millions of dead fish found floating in Redondo Beach harbor                                    Wednesday, March 09, 2011 by: Ethan A. Huff, staff writer

In what is perhaps the most startling and disturbing mass animal die-off yet, countless millions of dead anchovies were found this morning floating in King Harbor Marina in Redondo Beach, Calif., according to reports from The Daily Breeze. Officials say they do not know the cause of the event at this time and that investigations are underway.

Be sure to check out the NaturalNews.TV video report of the event, which includes shocking pictures from The Daily Breeze and aerial footage from KTLA News 5 in Los Angeles:
http://naturalnews.tv/v.asp?v=7DEC1...

Like the many other animal die-off events in recent months, experts have been quick to dismiss the situation and provide otherwise reasonable-sounding hypotheses for why the event occurred. One idea put forth by Sgt. Phil Keenan of the Redondo Beach Police Department suggests that there must have been too many anchovies packed into one area and that the oxygen supply in the water became depleted.

But such explanations hardly seem valid in light of the event and the circumstances surrounding it. Reports say that some onlookers noted that the birds were not feeding on the anchovies the morning they were discovered, indicating that perhaps the birds knew something about condition of the dead fish that was not visible with the naked eye.

"Yesterday, everything looked absolutely normal," said Walter Waite, a man who lives on a boat in the harbor, to The Daily Breeze. "This morning when I got up, there were millions and millions of them floating everywhere," adding that, strangely, none of the birds in the area were feeding on the anchovies.

Any number of factors may be responsible for the mass die-off, but one thing is for sure: the "scientific" destruction of our earth has consequences. The spread of genetically-modified organisms (GMOs), the widespread use of pesticides, and the pollution of the environment with pharmaceutical drug waste all play a role in altering the world's delicate ecosystems. When will the madness stop?

----------


Know How To Live Off Your Own Land - Growing Food.

America's breadbasket aquifer running dry; massive agriculture collapse inevitable

NaturalNews.com

It's the largest underground freshwater supply in the world, stretching from South Dakota all the way to Texas. It's underneath most of Nebraska's farmlands, and it provides crucial water resources for farming in Colorado, Kansas, Oklahoma and even New Mexico. It's called the Ogallala Aquifer, and it is being pumped dry.

See the map of this aquifer here: http://www.naturalnews.com/images/O...



Without the Ogallala Aquifer, America's heartland food production collapses. No water means no irrigation for the corn, wheat, alfalfa and other crops grown across these states to feed people and animals. And each year, the Ogallala Aquifer drops another few inches as it is literally being sucked dry by the tens of thousands of agricultural wells that tap into it across the heartland of America.

This problem with all this is that the Ogallala Aquifer isn't being recharged in any significant way from rainfall or rivers. This is so-called "fossil water" because once you use it, it's gone. And it's disappearing now faster than ever.

In some regions along the aquifer, the water level has dropped so far that it has effectively disappeared -- places like Happy, Texas, where a once-booming agricultural town has collapsed to a population of just 595. All the wells drilled there in the 1950's tapped into the Ogallala Aquifer and seemed to provide abundant water at the time. But today the wells have all run dry.

Happy, Texas has become a place of despair. Dead cattle. Wilted crops. Once-moist soils turned to dust. And Happy is just the beginning of this story because this same agricultural tragedy will be repeated across Oklahoma, Nebraska, Kansas and parts of Colorado in the next few decades. That's a hydrologic fact. Water doesn't magically reappear in the Ogallala. Once it's used up, it's gone.

"There used to be 50,000 head of cattle, now there's 1,000," says Kay Horner in a Telegraph report (http://www.telegraph.co.uk/earth/83...). "Grazed them on wheat, but the feed lots took all the water so we can't grow wheat. Now the feed lots can't get local steers so they bring in cheap unwanted milking calves from California and turn them into burger if they can't make them veal. It doesn't make much sense. We're heading back to the Dust Bowl."

The end of cheap food in America?
It's a sobering thought, really: That "America's breadbasket" is on a collision course with the inevitable. A large percentage of the food produced in the United States is, of course, grown on farmlands irrigated from the Ogallala. For hundreds of years, it has been a source of "cheap water," making farming economically feasible and keeping food prices down. Combined with the available of cheap fossil fuels over the last century (necessary to drive the tractors that work the fields), food production has skyrocketed in North America. This has led to a population explosion, too. Where food is cheap and plentiful, populations readily expand.

It only follows that when food becomes scarce or expensive (putting it out of reach of average income earners), populations will fall. There's only so much food to go around, after all. And after the Ogallala runs dry, America's food production will plummet. Starvation will become the new American landscape for those who cannot afford the sky-high prices for food.

Aquifer depletion is a global problem.
It's not a problem that's unique to America, by the way. The very same problem is facing India, where fossil water is already running dry in many parts of the country. It's the same story in China, too, where water conservation has never been a top priority. Even the Middle East is facing its own water crisis (http://www.npr.org/templates/story/...). This has caused food prices to skyrocket, leading directly to the civil unrest, the riots and even the revolutions we've seen taking place there over the last few months.

The problem is called aquifer depletion (http://www.eoearth.org/article/Aqui...), and it's a problem that spans the globe. It means that today's cheap, easy food -- grown on cheap fossil water -- simply isn't sustainable. Once that water is gone, the croplands that depend on it dry up. Following that, erosion kicks in, and the winds blow away the dry soils in a "Dust Bowl" type of scenario.

A few years after that, what was once a thriving agricultural operation is transformed into a dry, soilless death pit where nothing lives.

"The Ogallala supply is going to run out and the Plains will become uneconomical to farm," says David Brauer of the Ogallala Research Service, part of the USDA. "That is beyond reasonable argument. Our goal now is to engineer a soft landing. That's all we can do." (http://www.telegraph.co.uk/earth/83...)

Such is the legacy of conventional agriculture, which is based almost entirely on non-sustainable practices. Its insane reliance on fossil water, petroleum fertilizers, toxic pesticides and GMOs will only lead our world to agricultural disaster.

Be prepared and be safe.I want all NaturalNews readers to be prepared, informed and safe when facing our uncertain future. We know that trouble is stirring around the world, and much of it is either caused by or will lead to food shortages.

The GMO companies, of course, will exploit this situation to their advantage, claiming that only GMOs can grow enough food to feed the world. This is a lie. GMOs and patented seeds only enslave the world population and lead to great social injustice. The days of food slavery are fast approaching for those who do not have the means to grow at least a portion of their own food.

As part of our effort to help people become more self-reliant -- with greater food security -- throughout 2011 and 2012 I plan to bring you more articles, videos and webcast events that focus on home food production, self-reliance, family preparedness and sustainable living. Recently we announced a live webcast event on financial preparedness but the available seats at that event sold out in a matter of days (http://www.naturalnews.com/Economic...).

Based on the huge demand for this event, we have decided to roll out a second preparedness event in April, focused on food preparedness and security. Watch for an announcement on that soon.

In the mean time, I am personally working on growing more of my own food and will be creating a new series of videos and articles based on some of what I learn along the way. From living in South America and producing quite a large amount of food there, I have a fair amount of experience on home food production, but of course there's always more to learn, right?

My gut feeling on all this is that learning to grow and store some portion of your own food is going to become a crucial survival skill over the next few years. And that means understanding water, soil, open-pollinated seeds, organic fertilizers, soil probiotics, insect pollination, growing with the seasons, sprouting, food harvesting, food drying, canning, storage and much more. It's a whole set of skills that have faded away in America in just two generations, leaving very few people who now know how to live off their own land.

What's becoming increasingly obvious from events such as the drying up of aquifers is that home food production is going to become a critical survival skill. I want NaturalNews readers to know and practice these skills as much as possible so that you can experience the comforts (and freedoms!) of genuine food security.

Watch for more stories about preparedness, home food production and self-reliant living here on NaturalNews.

------------------------------------------------------------------

Well you don't need to deplete the Earth of all her resources. Man is intelligent enough to know how to create water their own self. It's really only putting together some basic chemistry. After all, they were saying there is a cell which they can use to propel cars engines to work...on water...and that brings moisture into the air...hence the leaves of plants can live nicely off that, as well as we can have some nice moist air for our own flesh. The thing is, with man's inventiveness, haha, one only needs to look in order to find the solution for anything we may need. Wherefore, disregard the dead-end stop sign that some beings may introduce, and instead see with spirit eyes and bring in a solution to the challenge.

-----------


Sunday, March 6, 2011

From the Vault of Erowid - O.B.E.'s

I've been looking through the Erowid Vaults for interesting out of body experiences and found this one to be well thought out and written...besides others. The one at the bottom is cute.

Nitrous Oxide Revelations of God and Eternity
by William James
 
Dose: Inhaled Nitrous Oxide (gas)
Body Weight: 165 lb

I am a dentist who frequently administers nitrous oxide analgesia to my patients for
routine oral surgical procedures. I have studied the drug from a medical standpoint for
many years and most of my knowledge dealt with lung function, titrating to effect, etc.
I have become increasingly aware of a phenomenon with my patients when nitrous
oxide is administered at seventy percent for a reasonable amount of time. Once a
patient was right at the edge of not being able to understand my voice. I would tell
them to take six deep breaths in through their nose and out through their mouth. After
completing this many patients pupils would dilate and become fixed for a time. Upon
starting to come down many would speak of God and Jesus, deceased loved ones, and a
profound realization that faded as they entered back into this world. Most of the time
patients are embarrassed by their actions afterward and just sit bewildered.

I decided to experience the effects for myself to see what exactly they are experiencing.
I have experimented five times with the drug and the mystical nature of it is extremely
intriguing. Basically, at the beginning of the experience one feels what I would call a
'beer buzz'. You are happy and may giggle or find regular things quite amusing. Next, a
stage of confusion begins. If ones eyes are kept open you may hallucinate. I quite
vividly saw things that could not have possibly existed. A patient being wheeled down
the hall, a nurse pointing out things to a patient on an x-ray, etc. A couple of times I
was included in another world. I guess these were dreams (or were they?). I would try
to reach out and touch the things I was interacting with, but just then I would be
plunged back into this world. I started to believe in ghosts because one time a teenage
Goth looking girl was spitting on the floor and her boyfriend urinated in the hall. These
images are so real it is unbelievable. It is like you are witnessing something that is
going on around you all the time, but finally are able to see as the fog is lifted.

Water is a frequent experience. Patterns would turn into waves like the ocean and
slowly roll by. The next stage experienced is deeper. The face and body start to numb.
The world swirls with vibrant colors and patterns. Some are so recognizable, but you
don't know why. You have the feeling that they are all right before your eyes, but that
the more you are in this world, the less you would allow yourself to see them. The next
level is ascension. This is truly a feeling of getting higher and higher. There is a strange
sound that happens every time and you can only remember it for a few minutes after
the experience. It soon fades when you come back to this world. I just cannot describe
the sound, but it is familiar and expected, but you just don't know why. It is just
cosmic. It is rhythmical and repetitive, but also includes a sound of going up. I know
that does not make sense. You would just have to experience it. The last level is only
achieved for brief moments. The difference in it and going back to being drunk are but
a few deep breaths - maybe even one breath. It is unity, extreme euphoria, and the
realization that God is real. One realizes that you are very small in the universe, but
that you belong.

I couldn't help, but think that drugs must have been how man initially had religious
philosophical experiences - ancient experiences that perhaps a few elite have kept
hidden. Enter secret societies and the illuminati etc. I mean what the hell is all that
anyway? All I know is that government does not want the masses to have these
experiences. It makes you care little about their control over your lives as it puts things
into perspective. This level is so extreme that you do not want to leave. All is well with
the world and you feel like you are getting closer to God; perhaps ascending to be with
him and worship him. Now when I say that, I do admit that I am a believer in Jesus
Christ as the Messiah sent from God to help us understand Him and save us. There is no
way to comprehend God. He is far too great, but at this state you are almost able to
glimpse a little bit of the reality of the universe. I think that you leave your body,
become dissociated from this world, and YOU JUST UNDERSTAND. There are
profound realizations. Everything for a moment makes sense and time stands still
literally. This is one of the strangest things about it.

Now, the reason I believe I was able to recall this so vividly, is because I was ripped
back into this world very suddenly a few times. These times made the biggest
impression on me. Basically, my wife caught me doing the drug and right when I was
at my zenith she slapped the nasal mask off of my face. I descended through the top
levels rapidly and could feel myself coming back into my awareness of this life and
world. Once I got back down to the 'beer buzz' stage that lingered for about a minute. I
am telling you, the difference in feeling goofy and experiencing this trip is but a few
breaths. As you are slapped back into this existence the window closes and the
realizations are taken from you. You hold on to them for a minute or two. I told my
wife over and over, 'I have finally figured it out', only to be discouraged by my lack of
being able to articulate what I realized. It keeps fading and then as you totally become
worldly again you start to doubt it. You say to yourself, 'No, no. I know this is true. I
know it! But it continues to become foggy.

My conclusions about this are many. First of all, many of my patients who are addicted
to substances do not like this experience. Many of them freak out and become panicked.
I had one girl completely lose it and told me she experienced 'burning on the inside'.
People who claim to have no belief in God also are frightened by the trip. Look, I am
not going to preach here, but I am just raising the question; if this is a window into
something else unseen, might those ascending into heaven experience bliss and perhaps
those not ascending may be experiencing something else? I don't know. Just posing the
question.
Also, I have come to the conclusion that this experience mimics death. In fact, I wonder
where in the hell do we go when we are under general anesthesia. Maybe the same
place. Maybe the window just shuts more concretely and you cannot recall anything at
all. Look at anesthesia and any type of numbing medicine or depressants as capable of
simulating a small piece of letting go - death if you will. Stimulants like cocaine bring
you more into this world. They heighten your worldly experiences. Nitrous oxide is
other worldly. Sound crazy? Well I think that the local anesthesia that I administer
every single day is fooling the mind and body into thinking that that part of the body is
'dead'. This experience is similar. The neurons firing in your brain simulate what
happens when you finally let go and relinquish all. Alcohol in certain doses does this to
a lesser extent. You feel loose, slightly numb. But think about if you mix alcohol with
the chemicals of your body. You will have different experiences depending on your
mood. Add endogenous catecholamines to your ethyl alcohol and you have a surly
drunk. Same way with this. Go into it with the right mindset and relax. Let go. Don't
think about this world. Forget it for just a moment.

Be careful though. Don't use a hundred percent nitrous oxide. It can be dangerous. The
bottom line is that I have been profoundly affected by this drug. I am glad to have
experienced it, but I also believe that this is not meant to be. This is an artificial way of
reaching this higher level. My conclusion is that God fully wants us to reach this level
and be with Him constantly. I don't know if he is trying to weed out the pure from the
impure in the universe or what, but this life is a test that we must pass. It is important
to achieve a healthy balance in life. Love truly is the most important thing we have
here. We must seek to love without injuring others or bringing hurt to others. This is
how we experience small pieces of heaven - holding a puppy, hugging your mother,
making love to your wife, helping another person in need; these are small highs that are
not as intense, but over a lifetime will pay off. I now fully understand this reality!

Exp Year: 2004 ID: 36803
Gender: Male  
Added: Jul 1, 2005

---------------------------

I thought this was cute.

Total Out Of Body Experience
Atropa belladonna
by Tloke

Dose: 1 Tbsp oral Datura (seeds)
Body Weight: 130 lb

Me and 2 of my friends ate a tablespoon of jimson seeds which we found around where we live. A couple of hours passed and I didn't believe anything was going to happen and I went home and laid down then blam! It hit me. The whole world began becoming just like a intense LSD trip.

Then I was gone. I escaped my body. I had a near death experience. I traveled to other worlds, spirit worlds, and other creature's worlds. I remember being on a planet like Mars (all red sand and weird rock formations). I was lost and they were really amused with me as I was with them. The aliens, that is. They had big heads, tall, skinny, long arms and legs. These creatures studied me but not with equipment with their large eyes. I also remember seeing transparent spirits among earth then a bright light and the most beautiful music I've ever heard. To put it short I visited ' heaven'. I saw white robed monks floating around. As of this point of time I don't remember the conversation I had with these angels but I had one. While I was in these other worlds I had no control of my body. My mother told me I didn't even know who she was or any one else. She said I was crawling around the house saying I was looking for buds and picking at the floor. I don't remember any of this whatsoever!!

That happened before the ambulance got there and it took 8 big cops to restrain my little ass and strap me down. I don't remember this either or the ambulance ride. The hospital from the little I remember, was hell. The doctors were treating me like total shit! But since I wasn't in my body this didn't bother me much and I wondered how much worse they were treating me. The insights I got about life after death were great but It's something us humans are not prepared to see while on earth. My suggestion is to not do it unless your really into O.B.E.s and interested. Out of my 5 friends 4 of us went to the hospital and got treated like total shit! THERE IS A LIFE AFTER DEATH!

Exp Year: 2000 ID: 2973
Gender: Male  
Added: Oct 5, 2000



Thursday, March 3, 2011

The Crown Wisdom

 Bringers of the Dawn

by Barbara Marciniak and the Pleiadians


Chapter One


  AMBASSADORS  THROUGH  TIME 


Our ancestors were some of the Original Planners of Earth, orchestrators who
seeded worlds and civilizations with creativity and love. Because of their
qualifications, they liked to orchestrate worlds just as conductors love to conduct.
Our ancestors are also your ancestors, and we like to call you our ancient family,
as indeed you are. Our ancestors gave their DNA to the Original Planners, and
this DNA became part of the DNA of the human species.

We Pleiadians come from your future. In a version of our "now," there exists a
place of tyranny and turmoil, and we have seen probable futures of Earth that
include that same tyranny and decay. Time is greatly misunderstood in
third-dimensional reality: you believe that time is measured in minutes or
degrees. Time is much vaster than you realize. In actuality, time codes and plays
with information, allowing you to move into realities simultaneously by
stretching, distorting, curving, and twisting time around. You can get on an
elliptical curve of time and experience many realities by simply going around the
elliptical curve and discovering that, as time is not "solid," neither is reality.

As all realities are not solid, and as the future is not set (it is only a number of
probabilities), we see an opportunity at this time to insert a more positive
probability for Earth. We wish to reinsert light on this planet and restore Earth to
its original purpose - that of becoming a magnificent intergalactic exchange
center of information. So we have come back in a section of time to a place we
call a kernel or a seed in order to effect change. This change will not only affect
Earth, it will affect your future, our present, and the entire universe.

This is big news! You have come to Earth at a place and time when evolution is at
hand. A major leap is about to take place that you came to participate in, and you
are not alone, for many energies are coming to Earth now to participate in this
great project. There are mother ships surrounding this planet that are acting as
literal transducers of energy. There are beams of light coming to Earth from old
and ancient star systems that have been working with you for eons. These beams
of information are being blasted onto the planet. As this information is being
beamed to you, your body must be able to receive it, transduce it, boost it, and
beam it back out to others. Many of you will build telepathic links with these
mother ships that will be like having your own radio stations through which you
will be able to tune into a wealth of information at will.

This is the evolution of super-consciousness, the evolution into the highest aspect
of your being. You do not need to worry about becoming this being, for you
already are this being, and you just need to remember it. Since the veils around
Earth were lifted at the time of Harmonic Convergence, you have been steadily
beamed with this energy from the outer cosmos, and it is constantly being stepped
up and increased as you are able to handle it. You are evolving now at such an
extremely accelerated rate that each year of this decade will be like ten years or
more from the previous century. Feel how much you will accomplish by 1999
and feel who you will be. It will be as though you have lived one hundred years in
a decade.

You will be flooded with memory, flooded with many other things. Many of you
will take trips upon the ships to various portions of the solar system. As you come
into the Age of Light, worlds will open that you never knew existed. You have
moved past the other ages: the Bronze Age, the Iron Age, the Industrial Age, the
Information Age, and so on.

These other ages had to do with seeding, planting, cultivating, and putting the
potentialities of life into the third dimension. A transition is about to occur, a
dimensional shift that will lessen the density of the third dimension so that you
will move into higher dimensions in which the body does not have such a solid
state. You have come here because you wish to master the evolutionary process
and be able to live with it. This is going to be very exciting, because it means that
you are going to function in many realities.

Buried deep inside of you are all the answers. The questions that come to the
forefronts of your minds are arising so that you can bring the answers from
within your own beings. In order to achieve this, you must first believe that the
information is stored there. Humanity is learning a great lesson at this time. The
lesson is, of course, to realize your godhood, your connectedness with Prime
Creator and with all that exists. The lesson is to realize that everything is
connected and that you are part of it all.

There are multitudes of cultures and societies that exist throughout the vastness of
space, and these societies and cultures have been on and off this planet from the
very beginning. It is not just that we, the Pleiadians, have come to assist; we are
only one grouping from one star system. There are many who have journeyed
here for many reasons. The majority of the extraterrestrials are here for your
upliftment, though there are also those who are here for other reasons. Your
history moves in and out of very special times. Many of you became involved on
Earth eons ago through star energy and through working with the higher realms.
You know quite completely the difficulties that Earth has gone through, such as
how many times the lands have shifted and how many times help has come from
the skies.

Information was distorted when those who came from the skies to move you
along in your development were turned into gods. As children idolize those who
can do what they cannot do, your society clearly demonstrates this same method
of creating godhood. The concept behind this method is one of the belief
paradigms that you have come here to change. The third-dimensional world is
one of great challenge, for it allows magnificent limitations to set themselves up.
Through these limitations, structures are formed, and through this process, you
create and learn that you are a portion of Prime Creator and that Prime Creator
desires experience.

You are magnificent beings, members of the Family of Light, and you came to
Earth at this time on assignment to create a shift, to make a change, to assist in
the transition. Love is the key.

Love is what makes up the universe. The present technology on Earth will only
develop to a certain extent because mankind does not yet understand that love is
necessary. Energy can take all forms of creativity, but when one is dealing with
greed or hatred or any emotion that is not working toward light, one is only
allowed to go so far. There is only so much information that is available to that
sort of vibration. Love is the basic building block, so when one has love, all
possibilities exist. Bringing back the concepts of light, which are information and
love - which is creativity - is the plan. It takes renegades like the Family of Light
to come into a system that as been primarily dark for eons and change it.

We are very much renegades where we are. As we said, our own system is in
need of transformation. We are working as a bridge or a link through the Family
of Light in a variety of systems in order to change our own system. Your raising
of consciousness through love and responsibility nourishes us, replenishes us, and
expands our consciousness so that we may evolve further. Therefore, as we are
friends and guides and assistants to you, so you assist us as well.
  
Where will this transition take you? We would like to see you become qualified
to form worlds consciously. You are preparing to seed and be the species planted
on many new worlds as they are being formulated, and because you have stored
within your memories the history of what has occurred here on Earth, you will be
able to teach others and consciously hold the direction in which other worlds
need to go.

It is a vast plan you are participating in. All of you jumped at the chance to be
here in such a challenging place at such a challenging time. You were certain you
could do it. Also, you were told before you came here that there would be much
assistance and that, at different junctures of your development, different entities
would present themselves upon the planet in different capacities to trigger you,
fire you up, and remind you - not to do it for you. We are one of those triggers, a
catalyst. When you hear the name Pleiadians, you feel a connection because we
are assisting you in bringing your own information, your own knowing, forward.

By working with you, it is our intention to offer you a reminder of who you are
so that you can find the greatest source for your own inspiration. Would we to
assign a career to each of you, or give you a way of being, we would ask each of
you to become an inspiration. When you are able to live in this capacity and to be
truly an inspiration to all who encounter you, you will be living your light, and
that is quite profound.

Remember that we are here for our reasons and you are here for your reasons and
we are all here to evolve together and create a new vibrational frequency. We
wish to break belief paradigms that separate individuals as they evolve. We wish
to create an ambassadorship, a game of harmony and cooperation, by giving you
information that strikes you at the core of your beings, no matter what your
former beliefs have been.

We, the group that speaks to you, are intending to fill our own resume with some
interesting experiences. When we first began speaking in 1988, our collective
consisted of fifty to seventy-five entities - some physical, some nonphysical, all
Pleiadian. Our numbers have been growing, and our collective now consists of
well over one hundred entities from many different systems. We can now be
called Pleiadians Plus. There are those in our reality who do not believe that we
can accomplish what we have set out to do with you. They feel that we are taking
too many chances and too many risks, yet they are sitting on the edges of their
seats to see what will happen.

There are those in your system who believe we are here to spread fear, but we do
not see it that way. We do not wish to scare any of you: we simply wish to inform
you. When you sit in a dark room and you hear strange sounds, it can be fearful.
However, when you turn on the light to see what is making the sounds, it is then
not so scary. We wish you to be informed about what you are dealing with. Light
is information; ignorance is darkness.

We want you to be working in the light, not in the dark.We are involved in
working with you because we wish to evolve our consciousness toward more
free-will and expression. Just as you are on assignment to change the system that
you are within, we are on assignment to change the system that we are within.
We are not without our purpose. As we said, we come from your future, and, in
certain instances, we have our hands full. We need you, just as you need us. You,
as members of the Family of Light, can institute, implement, or insert a grand
new probability in the chain of realities that will implode in the next twenty
years from this sector of existence because you physically live on this planet. It is
through you that the transformation will occur.

What you do now vastly affects us. What happens with Earth vastly affects us.
We are here to assist, to teach, and to evolve as we go through this process
together. We give our version of things only to bring you into higher
consciousness. We do not wish to say that this version, and only this version, is
how it is! This whole teaching is designed with a great purpose in mind, and the
stories that we tell you are set up to take you to a higher plane of consciousness.
That is our intention.

The words that we choose and the concepts of which we speak are triggers for
codes that are stored deep inside of your bodies. Your bodies are waiting for the
questions to be posed so that you can begin to resonate with the answers inside of
yourselves - so that the cellular memories within your bodies can begin to
remember what they already know. As we speak to you, you will remember.

In speaking to you, we wish you to expand your definition of reality; however,
never take anything we say literally. Always follow the larger spiral we are
intending to create, which allows you to see the bigger picture. Never stop where
we define an idea, since we are simply here to open up your paradigms and rattle
your cages so you can begin to find the activation of the real knowledge, the true
knowledge, which is stored inside you. That is where the data is, and we have
come to awaken it in you.

We wish to throw out ideas for your consideration. We wish to encourage you
not to get stuck - on any one idea, and also to embrace what you are hesitant
about or are fearful of. Realize, when you face the so-called dark portions or
shadow portions of yourself, you are creating an opportunity of liberation for all
concerned. This comes back to the first and final tenet: thought creates. No matter
what situation you find yourself in, it is the power of your thoughts that got you
there. It is also the impeccable belief, thought creates, that will transform your
experience and the planetary existence.

We recommend you do a little questioning of anyone who overdefines and tells
you absolutes. It is important to hear many different opinions and many different
stories.

Listen to a person's story, then see whether it feels right. Is it for your own benefit
and upliftment? One of the things we like to teach you is, it is up to you to decide
what to do. We give you information; however, it is up to you to decide what to
do with it: you are in charge of your life, we are not.

We like to pride ourselves on being storytellers. There is a certain credibility and
a certain sensationalism in the way we present data. However, a story we tell you
at one point is certainly not the only story; it is not the end, and it is never the
only truth. It is only one fragmentation, one small portion of the bigger picture.

No matter what story we tell you today, we guarantee you a year from now we
will tell you a different story, because a year from now you will be able to
comprehend things in a grander fashion. So the story will constantly evolve. Your
task is to find your identity inside the story, to find what you know - not what
you want to believe or what you have been told. Trusting what you know is
imperative, for, knowing is your connection to Prime Creator. Each and every one
of you is going to have to know your life is about something, as you begin to
remember your role.

You yourself chose to be here. You are on assignment to bring memory forward,
and the value of human existence back to the forefront of creation. You are
needed. You have been in training for this assignment for lifetimes, and you did
not come unprepared.

All you need to know now is inside of you, and it is your task to remember your
training. This is not a lifetime when you are going to be taught new information.
As we said before, this is the lifetime when you are going to remember what you
already know, and we are just here to remind you of it. That is part of our
assignment.


Chapter Two


  ON  PRIME  CREATOR'S  JOURNEY  


Humanity is an experiment. Humanity has been designed, as has just about
everything else that exists within creation. Prime Creator began experimenting
with creation a long time ago in this universe for the purpose of greater
self-exploration, self-gratification, and self-expression. Prime Creator brought
energies and essences of life - extensions of itself - into this universe and endowed
those extensions with the gifts that it had. It gave willingly and freely of its
capabilities. There are many other universes and many other ways of designing
universes; this particular one was designed as a free-will zone in which all would
be allowed.

Prime Creator said to these extensions of itself, "Go out and create and bring all
things back to me." This was quite a simple assignment, was it not? In other
words, Prime Creator was saying, "I am going to gift you of myself. You go out
and gift of yourselves freely so that all you create in this universe can understand
its essence as my identity."

These extensions of Prime Creator, which we will call creator gods, went out and
began to experiment with Prime Creator's energy as it existed within themselves.
They began to create their own hierarchy, which in turn created other hierarchies.
Each succeeding hierarchy created another hierarchy to endow it with its own
essence and to assist in the development of this universe. Eventually, in one of the
galactic systems, a plan came together to design Earth as an intergalactic
exchange center of information. It was an incredible plan. Earth was a beautiful
place, located on the fringes of one of the galactic systems and easily reached
from other galaxies. It was close to many way portals, the highways that exist for
energies to travel throughout space.

There was much scurrying and shuffling to create individual representation from
all of the galaxies here upon this planet. Some of the creator gods were master
geneticists. They were able through their hierarchies to tie molecules together,
­encoded molecules of identity, frequency, and electrical charge,­ to create life.
Many sentient civilizations gave of their DNA to have representation of their
coding upon this planet. The master geneticists then designed various species,
some human, some animal, by playing with the varieties of DNA that the sentient
civilizations contributed to make Earth into this exchange center of information,
this light center, this Living Library.

The plan for Earth was a grand one. The Original Planners of Earth were
members of the Family of Light, beings who worked for and were associated with
an aspect of consciousness called light. Light is information. The Family of Light
created the information center they had conceived of; they designed a place where
galaxies would contribute their information and where all would be able to
participate and share their specific knowledge. Earth was to be a cosmic library, a
place of incredible beauty that experimented with how information could be
stored through frequencies and through the genetic process.

Outside the structure of time, 100,000 years can pass in what may be a year
within the structure of time as you know it. These creator gods did not exist in
time as you know it. A few hundred thousand years or a million years was
nothing to them. Different energies were brought into existence. There were
species of humans on Earth perhaps 500,000 years ago who developed very highly
evolved civilizations. We are not speaking of the civilizations that you call
Lemuria or Atlantis; to us, those civilizations are modern. We are talking about
civilizations that are ancient, civilizations buried under some of the ice caps of
the far southern continent of Antarctica.

The project of the Living Library on Earth was eventually fought over. It looked
enticing enough to be mined by some. During Earth's early history, there were
wars in space for ownership of this planet. Have you ever wondered who owns
Earth? It's a prime hunk of real estate. Do you think it would go ownerless in
space?

Skirmishes took place, and Earth became a place of duality. Certain creator gods
who had the right to do whatever they wanted - because Earth is a free-will zone -
came in and took over. We call this "raiding" the Earth. It was like corporate
raiding on Wall Street. These creator gods raided Earth approximately 300,000
years ago - the time period, historically speaking, you would call the beginning of
human civilization. This is merely the time period you, in this present day, are
taught was the beginning of civilization. In actuality, it was only the beginning of
the later phase, the phase of modern humanity.

When this skirmish occurred, a certain group of entities fought in space and won
the territory of Earth. These new owners did not want the native Earth species
-the humans- to be informed of what took place. Uninformed, the species would
be easier to control.

This is why light is information and darkness is lack of information. These
entities beat out light, and Earth became their territory. It gives you a new idea of
light, does it not?

There was great radioactivity and nuclear action, and much of Earth was rent
asunder. The original species, human creation, experienced great destruction and
was scattered.

These new creator gods who were the new owners were also master geneticists.
They understood how to create life, and they wanted this territory for their own
reasons.

Territories are created and held by certain energies for many reasons, one of
which is that there is consciousness within all things.

Consciousness communicates continuously. Consciousness vibrates, or can be led
to vibrate, at certain electromagnetic frequencies. Electromagnetic energies of
consciousness can be influenced to vibrate in a certain way to create a source of
food. Just as apples can he prepared and eaten in a variety of ways, consciousness
can be prepared and ingested in a variety of ways.

Some entities, in the process of their own evolution, began to discover that as
they created life and put consciousness into things through modulating the
frequencies of forms of consciousness, they could feed themselves; they could
keep themselves in charge. They began to figure out, this is how Prime Creator
nourished itself. Prime Creator sends out others to create an electromagnetic
frequency of consciousness as a food source for itself.

The new owners of this planet had a different appetite and different preferences
than the former owners. They nourished themselves with chaos and fear. These
things fed them, stimulated, and kept them in power.

These new owners who came here 300,000 years ago are the magnificent beings
spoken of in your Bible, in the Babylonian and Sumerian tablets, and in texts all
over the world. They came to Earth and rearranged the native human species.
They rearranged your DNA in order to have you broadcast within a certain
limited frequency band whose frequency could feed them and keep them in
power.

The original human was a magnificent being whose twelve strands of DNA were
contributed by a variety of sentient civilizations. When the new owners came in,
they worked in their laboratories and created versions of humans with a different
DNA - the two-stranded, double-helix DNA. They took the original DNA of the
human species and disassembled it. The original DNA pattern was left within the
human cells, yet it was not functional; it was split apart, unplugged.

Within human cells are light-encoded filaments, fine gossamer threads of energy
that carry information. When these gossamer threads are working together like a
cable -the way fiber optics work- they form the helix of your DNA. When you
were rearranged, you were left with the double helix. Anything that was
unnecessary for survival and could keep you informed, was unplugged, leaving
you with only a double helix that would lock you into controllable, operable
frequencies.

A frequency fence, something like an electrical fence, was put around the planet
to control how much the frequencies of humans could be modulated and changed.
As the story goes, this frequency fence made it very difficult for the frequencies of
light-information to penetrate. When light frequencies were able to penetrate the
control fence, there was no light to receive them. The humans' DNA was
unplugged, the light-encoded filaments were no longer organized, so the creative
cosmic rays that brought light did not have anything to plug into and hold onto.
  
What part do you play in this story? You are members of the Family of Light.
The mere fact you are reading this book shows you are of the Family of Light. For
some of you, this is just like a dream. We are reminding you of what you know
inside yourselves. We have come onto this planet to trigger your memory banks -
to inspire the human race through the band of light, so you will begin to
remember who you are, to create your own reality, to alter the frequency on the
planet, claim rightful ownership of yourselves and this territory.

We, as Pleiadians, come back through time - into what would perhaps be called
our past - in the vestige of representatives of light. We come back in order to
share a frequency with you, a frequency each one of you has agreed to carry on
this planet in order to change the DNA of the rearranged human race. This is a
big story. It could make headlines, you know.

The Original Planners are not about to lose the territory. Do you think they are
going to give up so easily? The Original Planners began to call on the Family of
Light to go in and infiltrate the project, to incarnate one-by-one and bring the
light -as information via creative cosmic rays- into the place where it was lost.
The Family of Light began its work here, coming into a system that was devoid of
light and information. By mutating the laws of humanity, these creative cosmic
rays began to pierce people's bodies, individual by individual, then group by
group. In very small amounts throughout the eons were these frequencies of
information brought onto this planet. At times, great battles were fought to keep
out the light or information that was always looking to be expressed. The
Original Planners knew that, cosmically speaking, this was a lesson for them in
allowing, in understanding the creator gods who took their project.

The Original Planners set out to insert their own version of a plan to coincide
with a time when the frequency of Earth would be altered, a time when the
owners would perish could they to not change their own frequency. Emotions are
a source of food. There are those whose food source is love, and the Original
Planners intend to alter the frequency of Earth to that of love. The current owners'
food source of fear, anxiety, chaos, hunger, and despondency must be removed.

Guess who is removing this food source? You are! As members of the Family of
Light, you are renegades. You are systems busters, here to conquer your own fears
and to show the rest of the planet there is no reason to fear anything. You love to
go in and cause trouble. You are famous, your branch of the Family of Light. You
are famous for going into systems of reality and altering the frequency, thus
bringing information. It is not your task as members of the Family of Light to
proselytize. You simply go into systems and act as receptacles; you receive the
creative cosmic rays into your bodies, the bodies that you occupy as humans. You
are in disguise as humans, and you allow a process to take place.

You are coded, and as your memory begins to rise, you will respond to the plan
with which you came here to participate, to alter the frequencies. You will begin
to hold, keep, and maintain a certain frequency and then to line it. Identity as
frequency, is the sum total of your physical, mental, emotional, and spiritual
bodies broadcast as electronic pulsations. As you live your frequency, you affect
everyone, every place you go. That is what you are doing now. There are many
who already understand their assignment, and there are those whose memories
are just beginning to rise.

The plan to change the frequency modulation affecting the human species, entails
the rebundling of your DNA and of the light-encoded filaments. The plan is
gigantic at this time. Earth is assisting, in its own way, the evolution of the
universe. Earth is where things are happening: it is the hot spot, the place to be. It
is where the plan begins to blossom, and what happens on Earth is going to affect
many, many worlds.

As members of the Family of Light, you agreed to come to Earth many times -in
many guises and in many different time frames- to learn the ropes, to figure out
the character, and to become trained. You needed to experience Earth and prepare
yourself for the time when the frequency alteration would begin to occur and you
would all incarnate in large numbers to bring the plan into action.

The Family of Light everywhere is beginning to unite. You must all focus on
what you have in common, not what you do not have in common. As members of
the Family of Light, you bring information to the planet neutrally to stimulate
your own growth. You need to do this, for, your own growth affects the growth of
the planet.

Your DNA will evolve from two helixes to twelve helixes. These twelve helixes
correspond to energy centers, or chakras, inside and outside of your body.
Millions of you on the planet at this time are on assignment, and have agreed to
carry the frequency to accomplish this. Handfuls of you are becoming
impeccable, and these handfuls are affecting the others. Soon you will begin to
have great clarity as to who you are and what your assignment is.

This process is an incredible evolutionary leap for one to be involved in, and it is
going to take place on an accelerated path for the next twenty years. There are
those who have already received a realignment of the twelve strands of DNA, the
twelve helixes. These twelve spiral strands of DNA interact with one another in
the body and outside of the body. The connection of the twelve strands means that
the twelve energy or information centers can begin to function and send
information back and forth to one another.

Traditionally, seven of these centers are located in the body, and five are located
outside of the body. They are commonly known as your chakra centers and are
aligned with the spinning of the twelve heavenly bodies you know of, at this time
within your solar system - the twelve heavenly bodies that are vibrating, as you
recognize them, in 3D.

These twelve heavenly bodies are spinning with information: they spin with the
chakra systems that go out to the end of the universe, and they spin with the DNA
spinning inside your body.

When human DNA begins to rebundle as a twelve-stranded helix system and this
information is acted upon, there will be incredible power. Individuals, simply by
coming together and jointly intending what they want -jointly becoming a
telepathic receptacle for energies from all over the cosmos- will change the face
of the universe.

We call the rebundling process of your DNA a mutation. Once you, as members
of the Family of Light, are able to take this mutation into your bodies, you will be
able to integrate your twelve centers of information. You will begin to
understand you create your experiences, and will learn to become conscious
creators. More than that, you will become conscious rememberers of who you
are.

As your tenth, eleventh, and twelfth chakras begin to open themselves, many
off-planet energies will appear in your lives. These energies will occur on this
planet as more and more of you hold the higher frequencies. The tenth chakra
connects with the solar system, the eleventh with the galaxy, and the twelfth with
a place in the universe.

As you hold these frequencies, you will bring information onto the planet that
will astound and shock most of the world. There will be a merging of identities, a
merging of cultures, an infusion of many "new world orders," and there will be
much chaos and confusion. As members of the Family of Light, you can simply
observe this, knowing that chaos and confusion must come to break down the
system so it can be rebuilt with light. As members of the Family of Light, you can
understand there is an evolutionary process taking place and those who can handle
the changing frequencies by all means will evolve. Earth is an exciting place to be
at this time. It is a good plan, is it not?


Chapter Three


  WHO  YOUR  GODS  ARE 


There are many misconceptions about the idea of godhood. The universes are full
of intelligent beings who have, over time, evolved and developed all sorts of
capabilities and functions to serve their needs to express themselves creatively.

The importance behind existence and consciousness is creativity, and creativity
takes many forms.

Eons ago, Earth was but a thought in the minds of great beings who had set before
themselves the task of creating new forms of existence. Many of these beings
affected the creation of this universe, and you have termed them God. In actuality,
they were extraterrestrial light-bearing energies far removed from Prime Creator.
We rarely use the term God with a big G. Would we to use that term, we would
be referring to the entity we know as Prime Creator.

Prime Creator, in its own personal implosion through love, endowed all things
with consciousness. All things are Prime Creator on Prime Creator's journey. We
see ourselves as an extension of Prime Creator - always gathering information,
going off on adventures, doing whatever we need to do to make our lives more
interesting and challenging, so we can feed Prime Creator. As we feed Prime
Creator through our schemes and endeavors, we endow Prime Creator with
greater energy to give to new creations.

We have never gotten close to the entity Prime Creator. Even those of us who are
beings of the grandest light vibration do not have the capacity at this stage of our
evolution to be in proximity to Prime Creator. We are not prepared enough to
handle the intensity of that emanation. It is our desire at some point in our
evolution to get a glimpse of and perhaps merge with Prime Creator for a time.
We know this is possible, so it is something we strive for.

The evolution of consciousness and the ability to house information is what
allows one to come into the proximity of Prime Creator. Many people on Earth
have felt they have merged with God. They may have merged with a portion of
Prime Creator which best suited their vibration at the time. The total vibration of
Prime Creator would destroy the physical vehicle in an instant, because it cannot
house that much information. Those that represent "God" to you are but a minute
portion of Prime Creator.

Even Prime Creator is but a portion of something larger. Prime Creator is always
discovering that it is a child of another creation and it is in a constant process of
self-discovery and awareness. Remember, consciousness is within all things, and
consciousness was never invented, it simply was.

Consciousness is knowing, and your knowing is your closest place to Prime
Creator. When you trust what you know, you are activating the God within you.

At this time, there is a great awareness moving over the planet as to how big the
world really is and as to who's who in the world ballgame: not only who's who in
the world ballgame, but who's who in the cosmic ballgame. Just as you have
hierarchies upon Earth that you may or may not be aware of, there are hierarchies
in the cosmos. You can live within a certain area and not be aware any hierarchy
exists. You can farm your land, pay your taxes, decide not to vote, and simply be
oblivious to any bureaucratic political structure. In somewhat the same way,
Earth is oblivious to the bureaucratic political structure that operates in the
universe.

It is important for you to understand bureaucracies or hierarchies exist, and these
organizations have different experiences of time than you do. Others do not live
within the structure of time as you know it. What you call one year perhaps to
others may be only one small portion of a day. When you can really begin to
comprehend this, you can understand why this planet has seemingly been left to
itself for the last few thousand years. Now, activity is beginning to bubble and
boil again from the skies, and you will be faced with inserting a vast amount of
new knowledge into your paradigms and your belief systems. This planet is in for
a culture shock - a big surprise.

You have come here at this time for a certain purpose: Those creator gods who
rearranged the human species are returning. Some of them are already here. This
planet has been visited over and over again, and many different forms of human
being have been seeded here through a variety of experiments. There have been
many influential factors that have created the course of history on Earth. There
have been civilizations on this planet that have existed for millions of years that
have come and gone and not left a trace.

These civilizations, each and every one of them, were influenced by those you
may term God. Your history has been influenced by a number of light beings
whom you have termed God. In the Bible, many of these beings have been
combined to represent one being, when they were not one being at all, but a
combination of very powerful, extraterrestrial light-being energies. They were
indeed awesome energies from our perspective, and it is easy to understand why
they were glorified and worshiped.

There is no literature on Earth that gives you a true picture of these beings. All of
the gods came here to learn and enhance their own development through working
with creativity, consciousness, and energy. Some became very successful and
mastered their own lessons, while some made quite devastating errors.

Who were these gods from ancient times? They were beings who were able to
move reality and command the spirits of nature to bend to their will. Humans
have traditionally called beings God who could do things that the human race
could not do.

These beings were passed down through the ancient cultures of many societies,
portrayed as winged creatures and balls of light. The world is permeated with
hints, clues, and artifacts of who your gods have been. However, those who
wished to manipulate humans made up their own stories to create a paradigm that
would control you.

You were told these beings were truly gods, and you were taught to worship,
obey, and adore them.

This paradigm is now on the verge of making a gigantic shift. The truth is going
to come forward, a truth that will completely change the way you view the
world. Woe be to those who are unwilling to look. The shock reverberations are
going to move around the world.

The creator gods who have been ruling this planet have the ability to become
physical, though mostly they exist in other dimensions.

They keep Earth in a certain vibrational frequency while they create emotional
trauma to nourish themselves.

There are some beings who honor life before everything else, and there are also
beings who do not honor life and do not understand their connection to it.

Consciousness feeds consciousness. It is hard for you to understand this concept
because you feed yourself with food. The food for some beings is consciousness.
All food contains consciousness at some point in its own development, whether
you fry it, boil it, or pick it from the garden; you ingest it to keep yourself
nourished.

Your emotions are food for others. When you are controlled to bring about havoc
and frenzy, you are creating a vibrational frequency that supports the existence of
these others, because that is how they are nourished.

There are those who live off the vibration of love, and that group would like to
reestablish the food of love on this planet. They would like to turn this universe
into the frequency of love so that it can have the opportunity to go out and seed
other worlds.

You represent the renegade group of light, and you have agreed to come back on
the planet. You are on assignment. You come into these physical bodies and take
them over, and you intend, through the power of your spiritual identity, to change
the physical body.

You all selected, with great care, the genetic lines that would best give you head
starts with all of this. Each of you chose a genetic history through which 
members of the Family of Light have threaded.

When human beings existed in their rightful domain and could understand many
realities, they had the ability to be multidimensional, to be one and equal with the
gods. You are beginning to awaken this identity within yourself.

The gods raided this reality. Just like corporate raiders in your time come in and
take over a business because perhaps the pension funds are in great abundance, so
the funds upon this planet were in great abundance at the time these raider gods
appeared. In order to have you believe they were Gods with a big G, they
rearranged you genetically.

That is when the Family of Light was scattered from the planet, and the dark
team, which operated out of ignorance, came in. Your bodies carry a fear and a
memory of striving for the knowledge that those gods represented and took away
from you. The gods who did this are magnificent space creatures. They can do
many kinds of manipulations and work with realities in many different ways.
Humans, in ignorance, began to call these space creatures God with a big G.

God with a big G has never visited this planet as an entity. God with a big G is in
all things. You have only dealt with gods with a little g who have wanted to be
adored and to confuse you, and who have thought of Earth as a principality, a
place that they own out in the galactic fringes of this free-will universe.

Before the raid, you had tremendous abilities. The original biogenetic example of
the human was given incredible information, was interdimensional, and could do
many things. When those creator gods raided, they found that the local species
knew too much.

The local species had abilities that were too much like those who were passing
themselves off as God.

A biogenetic manipulation was done, and there was much destruction. There were
experimental versions of the species brought onto the planet, where the original
database was scattered, but not destroyed.

At one time, your DNA was intact. It was like a beautiful library where the
information was all catalogued and referenced and you could find anything you
wanted to find instantly. When the biogenetic alteration occurred, to unplug the
data, it was as though someone hid the reference system and pulled all the books
off the shelves, heaped them into a pile on the door, so that there was no order to
them. This is how your DNA was scattered and scrambled by the raiders a long
time ago.

We are telling you a story now; there is definitely a story to this. We speak not to
your logical mind but to your memory banks, so you can begin to remember
participating in this story. In this way, you will begin to understand what has
happened and who you are within this process.
   
All the genetic information was scattered; it did not have an order, but it was left
inside the cells. The only information that remained for you to play with and 
keep you functioning, was the double helix. Many of the databases along the
double helix were shut down, closed, so that you began to function with very
little data. You were very easy to manipulate and control by many aspects of
consciousness passing themselves off as God with a big G.

Certain entities took the existing species, which was indeed a glorious species,
and retooled it for their own uses, their own needs. They disrupted the
informational frequency inside human beings, changed the DNA, and gave you
the double helix so you could be kept in ignorance. Your frequency of
accessibility was simply shut off so you couldn't turn the dial of your own radio.

These creator gods set out to alter the DNA inside the human body, which is the
intelligence, the blueprint, the code. When a code does not have a place to operate
within, it cannot fire itself into existence or express itself into existence. When
you are locked up in a little tiny room and never given any place to grow, you can
never express yourself.

The last number of thousand years, your code has been forced to fit inside a very
limited DNA.

One of the most exciting aspects about being on Earth right now is there is a
reordering or a retooling taking place in your DNA. Cosmic rays are coming onto
the planet so a change is being broadcasted and a reordering taking place inside
the body.

The scattered data that holds the history and awareness of the Living Library is
now lining up.

The DNA is evolving. New helixes or strands are being formed as the
light-encoded filaments are beginning to bundle themselves together. The
scattered data is being pulled together in your body by electromagnetic energies
from Prime Creator.

We are here to watch this process in you, to assist you, and to evolve ourselves as
well.

As this rebundling or reordering comes together, you will create a more evolved
nervous system that will allow much more data to move itself into your
consciousness.

You will awaken many brain cells that have been lying dormant, and you will
come into use of your full physical body rather than the small percentage you
have been functioning with.

Every place on the planet is being affected by this change, this awareness. Those
of you who are the Guardians of Light and wish to completely change this present
reality, bring different options in, are anchoring the frequency. When it is not
anchored and understood, it can create chaos. It will create chaos. This is why you
must ground yourselves.

Chaos brings about a state of reorganization when utilized properly. Time is
collapsing, and the energy is becoming larger and larger. You have come here to
use that energy first.

You will make pathways of consciousness as you pull the energy into your body
that will assist others so they may not have to go through what you go through.

Many people will suddenly begin to feel this energy without any preparation at
all. You are all pulling light, which is data and information, onto the planet, and
as you do this you create new pathways for consciousness to explore without even
saying a word.

The new pathways of consciousness create new realities, new options, and new
ways of living and being. That is why the collapse of your society is inevitable: It
does not hold light; it does not hold the multidimensional possibilities; it holds
you in limitation, and you are tired of that.

The creator gods are space beings who have their own home in space. They are
also evolving. There are those who would like to kick them out of the "creator
god club" because they feel they do not value the life they create. Before the
takeover about 300,000 years ago, many of the original team worked here to
bring information and create this vast information center that was to be used to
connect many galactic systems. Then there was a great war among the creator
gods, and the space beings, whose stories are in the ancient manuscripts of this
planet, won the fight. They came here because they wanted this place for many of
their own reasons. In Prime Creator's universe here, all things are allowed.
Because all things are allowed, many lessons are learned.

Some of these creator gods married and merged their lines, just as on the
European continent different monarchs and royal families have married and
merged their kingdoms. The creator gods would mix one kind with another to see
what they could create.

Remember, they understood genetics, and all things were created by manifesting
and using the life force and understanding how the life force works. It is beyond
your comprehension at this time how vast this project has been.

Who are these beings who came in and rent asunder the original plans for Earth?
Who are these space beings we sometimes refer to as the Dark T-Shirts? Be kind
when you speak of the forces of darkness. Do not speak as though they are bad.
Simply understand they are uninformed and create systems that are uninformed
because that is how they believe they must operate. They fought at one time and
separated themselves from knowledge, so now they desperately hold onto their
existing knowledge and onto life as they have evolved it into being. It is life based
on fear, life that does not honor other life, life that uses other life. Who are these
beings? They are the reptiles.

These space beings are part human and part reptilian. We call them the Lizzies
because we like to make things a little less emotional and a little humorous so 
you don't take them so seriously and get upset. We are not here to frighten you -
we are here to inform you.

You know all of this inside you, and as you begin to open the history of who you
are, some of you will begin to access reptilian memories. You are under a
delusion when you believe you always incarnate as human beings. You incarnate
to experience creation, to gather information about creation, and to comprehend it
collectively. You certainly don't go into just one experience. It would be like
eating dinner at the same restaurant your whole life and then saying, "I know all
about food." It's foolishness. Begin to expand your boundaries and realize you
have to experience many things. There is brilliance within all life.

Creator gods take many forms, and are not all Lizzies. There are creator gods who
are insectlike. We Pleiadians are associated with the creator gods that are
birdlike and reptilian. There were those who came from space and worked with
the energy of birds in many different cultures. When you look at the drawings of
ancient cultures in Egypt, South America, and North America, you will see signs
of birds and reptiles. At one time, birds and reptiles worked together, and at other
times they fought. As you comprehend more, the story will get larger. You will
begin to remember your history.

The creator gods are very connected to you. When you decide to become a parent,
you agree to learn from your children, to be responsible for their welfare, and to
teach them to become responsible for themselves. It is the same with the creator
gods. Through watching you grow, they are learning about life; they are learning
about what they create; they are learning how to be good parents, so to speak.
Some creator gods created life just to have it take care of them or meet their
needs. They have fed off your emotions.

One of the big secrets that has been kept from you as a species is the richness and
wealth that accompanies emotion. You have been steered away from exploring
emotion because through emotion you can figure things out.

Your emotions connect you with the spiritual body. The spiritual body, of course,
is nonphysical, existing on the multidimensional sphere.

The range of frequency modulation has now been shifted, and energies from the
outside are working to alter the planet. These energies deed you. They cannot
alter the planet from the outside - the planet must be altered from the inside. The
energies simply bring in creative cosmic rays that penetrate your body and create
the evolutionary leap inside your body.

Once you understand the proper use of emotion and begin to get control over your
own frequency, you will be able to broadcast these rays. Then, you will not feed
the frequency of fear to this plane of existence.

As the frequency of fear begins to diminish upon this planet, many activities will
be promulgated to bring about an increase in fear because those who live off the
fearful frequency will be losing their nourishment, their food. They will make an
attempt to reinstate that frequency before they change their nourishment to the
new frequency of love.

The Lizzies have set Earth up with devices that can broadcast and magnify the
emotional turmoil on this planet. That turmoil is sent to them, and it sustains
them in some way.

In order to come to a planet, you must have a portal or way to get into it. You
could fly into space, say to Jupiter, but would you to never find the portal which
allows you to enter the planet's time frame of existence, you could land on a place
that looks desolate and without life. Portals allow you to enter the dimension of
the planet where life exists. Portals open onto the corridors of time and serve as
zones of multidimensional experience.

There have been different portals on Earth that have allowed different species,
creator gods from space, to insert themselves. One of the huge portals that
presently is being fought over is the portal of the Middle East. When you think
back over the history of Earth, you will recognize how many dramas of religion
and civilization have been introduced in that portal. It's a huge portal with a
radius of a thousand miles or so. This is why there is so much activity in the
Middle East. This is the portal that the Lizzies use.

To some extent, the Lizzies have controlled this portal. They have used this area
to create their underground bases and caverns, from which they operate.

The ancient civilization of Mesopotamia, between the Tigris and Euphrates
rivers, was a space colony where a certain civilization was introduced. Kuwait
sits at the mouth of this territory. This is a portal that involves manipulation of
the human population to serve the needs of others.

Within the Lizzie population, there are those who are benevolent and those who
are malevolent. Why are we telling you all this? Why do you need to know it?
You need to know it because the Lizzie reality is reentering and merging with
your dimension. Part of your evolutionary leap in consciousness is not simply to
go into love and light and eat ice cream sundaes every day. You must comprehend
how complex reality is, how many different forms of reality there are, and how
they are all you. You must make peace with them and merge with them to create
an implosion of the collection of your soul.

In this way, you can come back to Prime Creator.

You are going to be faced with many opportunities to judge many things and label
them as bad. But, when you judge and label, you will not experience and feel the
new realities.

Always remember this is a free-will zone and there is a Divine Plan, which is
going to be the last plan, the last card to be played. You all must remember that
this last card is going to be an ace.

The nature of the drama on this planet is quite interesting. Whenever there is a
frequency modulation of an existing system, there is a certain magnetism that
moves out from that system. This magnetism draws every energy that was ever
involved with that system back to the system so it can be part of the evolution or
process. You are magnetizing everything to yourself that you have ever
experienced so you can feel everything you need to feel about it.

The creator gods of ancient times are being drawn back here at this time because
of the Divine Plan.

They must participate in it and understand that their frequencies are going to be
changed. They are resisting this, just like many humans are resisting.

Yet, they create their own realities.

These creator gods of the last 300,000 years have forgotten who created them!
They have forgotten their gods.

As members of the Family of Light, you have not forgotten. Your task is
comprehension: to pull comprehension and understanding onto the planet, which
will stabilize the energy and generate the power to create.

Light is underestimated on this planet, and these creator gods underestimate you.
Even in their own brilliance, they have blind spots. They are so enamored of
power they fight amongst themselves. The creator gods gave up a portion of
themselves and became ensconced, enamored with their own project. You are
linked to these beings because you are extensions or operable forces of them. You
are here to affect reality not simply from the outside but from the inside. It is this 
you are intending to remember.

The creator gods are coming back to raid you again because they don't want to
starve. They understand there is "systems busting" going on through you, so they
are here to create greater havoc and fear, to fight once again for this territory.
Their food source is important to them. They are losing control of the planet, so
they are going back to their prime portal in the Middle East, where their nest is
located underneath the ground, to create fear and chaos.

The Original Planners wish to bring freedom of choice with respect to frequency
back to this planet. The gods who have been in charge here for this last period of
evolution use frequency modulation and do not allow freedom of choice. They
rob your psychic energy by giving you a false picture of reality in every way that
you could possibly imagine.

We are not saying these gods are bad. We are simply informing you of events
that take place and of how innocently you become involved in these events. You
do not realize these situations are setups to get you to think or feel a certain way
and to vibrate with a certain consciousness.

We play the same game. Would you to look back and see what we have done,
have we not purposely set up a plan of frequency modulation for you? Have we
not entrapped you, enticed you, convinced you of your free will so you could
choose to vibrate at a certain frequency? We have done the same thing the
builders have done.

You had best, all of you, give up your old definitions of Santa Claus. In the same
way you discovered the truth about the Easter Bunny, Santa Claus, and the Tooth
Fairy, you are going to discover there is a cover-up, a story, an idealized version
around many of these energies that you have worshiped as gods.

The predominant energy on this planet siphons your belief systems according to
its own will. It directs incredible flows of energy outward, and this energy is
alive. You have been told that all of your thoughts make a world: they are real -
they go someplace. There are five and a half billion people thinking right now.
That much energy is alive on Earth.

What is the predominant feeling within that energy, and what can this energy be
convinced or coerced to exhibit?

We are not here to say who is right and who is wrong and who is who within the
hierarchy. We simply want to bust your illusions, to pop your balloons about
what you have been led to believe.

We do not want to say it is wrong; we simply want to suggest to you that you
think bigger.

Feel the noticeable loss that is going to occur within this predominant energy
when more and more of you don't vibrate according to its plan. Think what you
can do when you overcome the frequency modulation or the insistence of your
logical mind, and when with impeccability, you stand clean as a Keeper of
Frequency.

Remember that identity as a frequency is the sum total of your physical, mental,
emotional, and spiritual bodies broadcast as electromagnetic pulsations.

Every time you begin to own what someone has been siphoning off and to
cultivate it according to your own will, you change the vibration on the planet.

As systems busters, this is one of the things you are profoundly proficient in. We
do not want to discredit or discount what you have used up until now as tools, we
simply want you to outgrow your old tools. Some of your reverence and loyalty
has been to belief systems that will no longer serve you, just as there will come a
time when each of you will move beyond the steps that we are leading you
through at this time. Another energy will be able to say, "Well, when the
Pleiadians were showing you this, it was very good. They led you here and there.
Let us take you further."

There is no stopping the evolution, for there is nothing that has been given to the
planet that represents the ultimate in truth.

As you summon the story of your reptilian past, you will find many of the
influential characters in the patriarchal system of history have indeed been part of
the reptile family. Just as all humans are not bad, it is the same with the
reptilians. They are no less a part of Prime Creator than you are, and their visage
and physiology is not one of lesser means. Master geneticists are capable of
occupying many different forms. It is quite understood part of the difficulty of
working with an isolated species is the shock that can occur with the complete
revelation of truth.

There have been many other creator gods, only some of which have had human
form.

Presently, your greatest state of unrest or discomfort comes from beings of a
reptilian type of existence because they seem the most foreign to you. It has been
our intention to expand your ideas of who your gods are because those gods will
be returning to Earth. That is why the planet is going through such great turmoil.

As you learn to hold the frequencies coming from the creative cosmic rays, you
will be prepared to meet these gods. As we have said, some of them are already
here. They walk your streets and participate in your academies, government, and
work­places. They are here to observe, and to direct energy. Some come for great
assistance, and some are here to learn and evolve. Some do not have the highest of
intentions.
 
You must understand how to discern the extraterrestrial energies.

This is a free-will universe, so all forms of life are allowed here. When an energy
attempts to frighten you, manipulate, or control you, it is not an energy that
would be in your highest interest to work with. You have a choice of who you
work with. Just because someone has evolved many fantastic and seemingly
magic abilities does not necessarily mean that entity is evolved spiritually. Learn
to discern.

You are living in a most important time when energy is coming alive. All you are
feeling is the result of you coming alive and awakening to your hidden potentials.
The wind is whipping around, showing you there are great stirrings in the air.
The gods are here. You are these gods.

As you awaken to your history, you will begin to open your ancient eyes. These
are the eyes of Horus, which see not through the eyes of a human being but from
the point of view of a god. They see the connectedness and purpose of all things,
for the ancient eyes are able to see into many realities and to connect the whole
picture, the whole history.

When you open the ancient eyes within yourselves, you will not only be able to
connect with your own whole personal history, you will be able to connect with
the planetary history, the galactic history, and the universal history. Then, indeed,
you will find out who your gods are.


 Chapter Four


  MEMORIES  IN  THE  FREE-WILL  ZONE 


Once upon a time, there were beings who wanted to create something. In order to
do this, they needed to go in and very subtly change a part of creation. These
beings worked for, were associated with, and carefully guarded an aspect of
consciousness called light.

At different times, these Guardians of Light met, worked together, and crossed
paths in the different realms of reality. They planned, shared blueprints, and 
designed a time when their plan would go into effect.

Certain members of this light team plotted the probabilities of Prime Creator:
what Prime Creator would do, where Prime Creator would act, and how Prime
Creator would be stimulated. These entities understood what could be done with
light, and their plan was very carefully orchestrated. For several hundred
thousand years, these beings of light were trained to carry out this plan. Part of
the plan involved being ready for a cosmic jolt they anticipated would eventually
be coming from Prime Creator.

There was a great deal of dedication and preparation as the groundwork was laid
and the training begun. There was much to be learned before this plan could be
implemented, for it was a daring plan. It was the intention of these Guardians of
Light to take light, or knowledge, into a reality where that light was not
welcomed and did not fit. It was like putting your foot in a shoe that does not fit.

These beings had a plan to prepare for the time when that light would fit. These
beings are you, and that time is now. The time has been carefully orchestrated,
and each of you knows in the deepest portions of your being you have come here
for a purpose.

You have come to begin the pivotal movement to release everything that has
bound you up until now - into your reality, that has held you with fine threads,
like steel cords and locked you into ideas about yourselves and your relationship
to the cosmos. 
  
For those of you who have come to act out your plan and work with the
consciousness of light, your time is now. Your action springs from this moment.
All you need do is begin to allow this energy to come into your body. You must
begin to vibrate with this energy and to clear the passages of the self, the
emotional energies that hold themselves locked in your physical body. As you
begin to examine the self, you will find there are many selves in which to travel
on the inner highways or inner nervous system of consciousness.

You will find your society has been very cleverly designed to keep you from
knowing this most intimate, rewarding, and exciting portion of yourself.

As Guardians of Light, you are going to create options of reality and bring them
to the mass consciousness of the planet. You will do this by first doing it for
yourself, creating an inner peace and inner love by accepting who you are and all 
you have done in life and all that has been done to you in life. You will accept and
integrate these things because you will know they have been exactly the situations
necessary to bring you into this final stage of anchoring light.

This story is an ancient one, and it is stored within your body.

Part of what we are requesting of you and reminding you, is to open this
historical treasure house and become an inner archaeologist. Be willing to travel
the roads of memory of this lifetime and many other lifetimes so you can begin to
have a picture of the purpose of consciousness.

When you begin to picture the purpose of your own consciousness, and you
discover the clever ways you have traveled, the many guises you have used, and
the many actions you have participated in, you will learn to accept the totality of
your being.

When you are able to accept behavior that was not uplifting behavior, and accept
your own identity of sexuality, and accept how you valued or did not value life in
many lifetimes, it will open a chakra center in your body located around the
thymus gland, between the fourth and fifth chakras.

It is through here eventually the nervous system will open and information will
flow, and through here you will begin to regenerate the body and move into
unconditional love.

As you accept and explore what you have participated in, you will have a greater
understanding of what is going on now on the planet.

You will then allow others to dance to whatever tune they are best learning from
at this time. There are some pretty chaotic tunes being played upon this planet,
and there is a purpose to all of them.

The purpose is to strengthen the self so the self can become completely informed
about reality.

The self can then decide with clarity the soul's path, or your personal path,
through reality.

The original plan was for Earth to be an exchange center of information for all the
different galactic systems. The Original Planners have not given up this plan.
They were members of the Family of Light, and some of you have been very
intimate with these Original Planners. Feel that for a moment.

We want to awaken your memories. We want you to begin to understand the
magnitude of what is occurring to your species on this planet so you can operate
with comfort, knowledge, and knowing. The Original Planners are quite capable
of plotting different courses and different realities.

As we have mentioned, in a free-will universe, all is allowed by Prime Creator.
Therefore, since time does not exist as you know it outside of your local sector,
things are left to work themselves out.

So, to you humans, it seems as though it has been a long time since any kind of
cosmic planetary excitement has taken place on Earth. In the larger scheme of
evolution, it has not been so long, but because you are locked in the time frame of
Earth, it feels as though it has been a long time.

Light gives information, and darkness withholds information. So, in the times
that are coining, it will be easy for you to discern who's who and what's what as
you travel outside the third-dimensional realm.

All you need do is discern whether something is light and you are being given
information, or whether it is darkness and you are being disinformed,
misinformed, or information is being completely withheld from you.

Darkness and light have come from the same creator, Prime Creator, who has
created a host of creator gods to go out and do its bidding. It has given all these
creator gods freedom to form worlds: to discover how to create life, how to
become responsible stewards of life, and how to become parents for the planets in
the galactic systems they have created.

Learning to become a good parent has been a constant ongoing process. The
creator gods have taken themselves, made themselves and fed their worlds from
themselves. In Egypt, there is a story about a creator god who masturbated and
created the world. The god took himself and made small identities out of himself
so he could be in what he made, and not outside of it.

You are all needed to access the portion of memory that is part of the creator
gods. Who are these gods? Who are the gods that fought with these gods? Who
are some of the gods who came here and controlled you? Part of your task is to
access your memory.

When these beings return to Earth, there will be many of you who will turn to
them and say, "Yes, these are wonderful gods. I feel wonderful about them. They
are so magnificent. Look what they can do." Some of these gods will seem to fix
and save your world.

This is where it will be easy to miss the bigger picture. It will look as though
they are coming to fix and save your world, when in actuality, what they are
doing is simply creating another form of authority and control.

What we are saying is people will put a belief system and paradigm on these
entities. There will be a large marketing program to sell the presence of these
entities to you. This program is already going on.

You are not like the masses on Earth, for, you are members of the Family of
Light, and you know things that others do not. You may know these beings are
not of light, and you may know it to the core of your being. You may become
sickened in a society that does not know this. Many people will turn to
worshiping these beings because it will seem as though miracles are occurring
and the grandest event in the history of the world is taking place. It may seem
humanity is being given a whole new opportunity, a whole new golden era. Then
there will be a very big surprise, and people will find the tyrannies are larger than
ever before.

The purpose, of course, is for each individual to become sovereign and for the
planet to unite.

Not everyone is going to make the shift. Everyone is not in the vibration that
wants to work in harmony at this time. There are those on Earth who will feel as
though they are in states of ecstasy when they find what they think is a new
authority, a higher authority, a new paradigm, animal gods, or whatever. So the
Family of Light, as it has infiltrated and penetrated this planet, is going to create
its own planetary sphere, its own Earth.

You are all learning about authority. Who is the boss for the beings who are here
now? Who is their God? Who is their authority? That authority is coming back to
Earth.

There is a lesson in this for Earth. These beings, who are neither spiritually
informed nor lean in spiritual ways, deny the existence of a spiritual force. They
have developed scientific principles and technologies which scatter the laws of
spirituality.

You may think because you understand or believe in the spiritual realms that
every person, as they evolve, will naturally embrace that information. It is not so.
It is possible to become a brilliant master of manipulating matter and reality
without understanding spiritual connections. It is very important you learn this.

There will be those who will come from the stars to this planet who will have
abilities that will be incredible to the mass consciousness of the people upon
Earth. But these beings will not feel, for they will not be connected to any
spiritual seeking.

The choice to seek, to awaken the spiritual self, is, of course, free to each person
upon this planet and to each person in this whole universe. Not everyone is going
to realize it.

Just as you have cultivated very powerful individuals upon this planet who are not
in touch with their feeling centers -who have no connection to emotional and
spiritual consciousness,­ there are those who exist in space who are extremely
powerful space kings or space entities who have nothing to do with spirituality.
They are powerful forces. Would you to meet these forces, you would feel like
David meeting Goliath. That is why it is important for all of you to learn how to
alter your reality so you can dance between the vibrations of frequency, or flip
into the station of the world you want to experience.

Wanting to have something to worship is the frequency control on Earth. What
the planet is headed for is someone or something new to worship. That is the
potential holographic insert - a new god to worship.

The creator gods, the reptiles, know their plan has run short, so to speak, and
there is an intention of creating a new plan, a new diversion, a new
disempowerment.

Therefore, beyond anything else, listen to yourselves. Listen to the internal
message that comes through to you and begin to dance with it and make friends
with it. You, yourselves, are meant to discover reality from inside and to direct
your life in this way. This is really the gift that is given in the free-will zone.

Part of the dichotomy or balancing in a free-will zone is the allowance of all
things, even tyrannies. In this free-will zone, everyone is endowed with the
potential to create their own reality. It is a free-will choice to create having
someone else create reality for you. Most people on Earth allow others to create
and dictate their reality to them. Through frequency control, you have been
steered to look outside of yourself for answers. When new gods appear, you are
ready to worship them. It goes on and on. Those who control frequency in this
way are lost in the same thing, and you are their mirror.

As you begin to live according to your own guidance and your own daring,
everything changes completely. This is occurring in many places. Just as thought
travels on Earth, there are highways on which thought can be directed throughout
the cosmos.

The gridworks and creative cosmic rays are part of an intergalactic system that
directs what you believe into other places of existence. So even today you are a
living inspiration to others as a frequency that is fed into other systems.

In the same way we pull energy from other systems into your system, you send
energy to other systems and affect them - and you don't know it.

We want you to realize your impact and the power you have to affect systems.
You don't even know how powerful you are, and that is why you could be
dangerous. You have taken on an incredible amount of this mutating energy.
What are you going to do with it? How are you going to direct it? Do you love
yourself?

The Original Planners are after much more than this particular zone here: they
are after a shift in the universal DNA. They want the entire universe to
orchestrate a new symphony in consciousness. They are not only after the
reestablishment of frequency availability on Earth. Their game is much bigger:
they are after a restructuring of the vibratory rate of this entire universe. They are
creating this by going into key zones to infiltrate and bring about a simultaneous
implosion. There will be a universal awakening within these various centers so 
the entire universe will change its frequency in its own time.

The Original Planners have solicited the interest of Prime Creator. Prime Creator
learns from all things that exist because it is all things. Just as you are learning to
honor your lessons, the things you manifest for yourself, Prime Creator honors all
creations. Prime Creator lets its creations be and learns about its own potential by
watching what it has birthed, just as a wise parent learns from its children.

Prime Creator needs you to go out and bring the newest inventions unto it so it
can experience and evolve.

Prime Creator has turned its energy toward this free-will zone because, from a
vast point in your future, it has been shown where this experiment will go when
left unchecked and unattended. Energy could simply run rampant and own other
energy. There is a vast probability that reaches out for hundreds and thousands of
years of a dictatorship in this universal system. From a place far into the future,
this experiment is being reworked: its essential energy is being transmuted and
transformed. You are a part of that transformation by going into the bowels of the
system in various disguises and becoming awakened.

The human portion of you has delineated who is a good guy and who is a bad guy
and who is who in the space hierarchy. There have been tremendous amounts of
literature on this subject, and you have bought it all. Smash all those ideas. Smash
every one of them, including who you think we are.

Over the next number of years, those who come from the skies may not be
members of the Family of Light. They will be the mirror of those upon the planet.

We have said to you your lesson is authority - to become your own authority, and
stop giving over your decision-making process to governmental people, parents,
teachers, or gods. It is time for the people of Earth to become sovereign.

Humans are going to need to be tricked before they can become aware. Many of
you may find you will be very frustrated. You will see things others will not see;
you will see a mass mania occurring upon this planet, and you will not be able to
live with it. You will see masses of people walk toward a false god that is
foolishness.

You are beginning to feel what may be coming. It is an awesome task to carry
light: once you put it in your body, there is no stopping it. There is no saying, "I
quit the light team. I won't be recognized as a member of the Family of Light."
Some of you may want to do this sometimes, but once light is there, that is it.

We want you to realize, those space beings on and round this planet, who you feel
are "bad guys" -and with whom your government forces have made deals- are
dealing with the same issues that you are. They are beings who are reflecting your
beliefs and drama back at you. They have been accused of heinous behavior, of
performing mutations and abductions upon the human species, which has sent out
a cry among many of the organizational members of UFO study.

Yet, these beings act as a mirror to show you your own world: what you
acquiesce to, and what you acquiesce to let your leaders do all over the world.
How is your acquiescence to the government and media and the way you are used,
different from a cow who is mutilated by an extraterrestrial? These
extraterrestrials who come here do nothing different than your own species does.
The masses allow the leaders to do as they wish in their name because the masses
do not rise up and say, "Hey, I do not approve of this!"

There is a complacency upon Earth. The consciousness on this planet is, "You do
it for me. I don't want to be responsible. You become my government official.
You become my teacher. You become my boss. Someone tell me what to do."

These extraterrestrials mirror this to you. Remember the movie "V" that was
shown on television a few years ago? That movie gives you some idea of the
cunning and conniving of certain entities who will come from space; some people
will indeed worship them and think they are absolutely powerful masters. We are
saying that these scenarios are going to prove true. There is a pending merging of
human consciousness and the extraterrestrial presence upon this planet. It is being
marketed to you at a rapid rate.

Many of you who have studied and used your own discernment will be shocked
and appalled at the foolishness and ideological worship the rest of the human race
will express toward certain beings from space who pass themselves off as your
creators even though they do not have bodies that look like yours. They will be
able to do many things and will share many technologies. They will perhaps cure
certain diseases they helped create in the first place by teaching germ warfare to
your planetary scientists.

You will become disgusted with society because you will not fit with the new
gods, and you will retreat. Do you understand the new gods may be lizards? You
think that's a little funny? Hold onto your seats, because you have no idea what is
coming.

Would we have told you everything that was coming, you would have scattered a
long time ago.

There are some who play on both teams because they are double agents. This is
very complicated, and it is time for you to understand it.

We are pushing your paradigms and stretching your identity because we are
preparing you for something. When you are prepared, you will be able to stand
firmly in an identity and not be crushed by what you thought was out there.

Oh, dear humans, you are in for an adventure, and only you can carry this
adventure out. The nonphysical realms continuously support you, and members of
the Family of Light are around you and with you all the time. Yet, it is up to you
to master the laws we share with you and to anchor them upon this planet.

When you begin to live all that we teach you -to trust identity, to trust
synchronicity, to trust being a part of a plan­ then you will find even in the midst
of great calamity and incredible odds you will be able to defy the laws of
humanity.

The creator gods have their own creators toward whom they are evolving. The
lapse in consciousness between the creator gods and their creators occurred
within the context of the manipulation of worlds and universes, not necessarily
the manipulation of species.

You, as a species, are being manipulated within a multitude of realities. It is your
task to figure out how many realities you exist within. For those beings who are
manipulating you, their task is to realize how many worlds they are manipulating
realities in.

The creator gods are jugglers of realities, but who is juggling their realities and
putting them through their creation in all of these worlds in the first place?

All of this is to be felt. Allow your brain cells to click into being without your
rational, conscious mind wanting to define things down to the most minute detail.

This experience involves raising a feeling inside yourself and then, one day, at one
moment, in one afternoon, having an overwhelming sense of knowing: having a
composition a thousand pages long come alive in five seconds of divine ecstasy.


Chapter Five


  WHO  CARRIES  THE  CHORD  OF  LIGHT? 


You hold the history of the universe within your physical body.

What is occurring upon the planet now is the literal mutation of your physical
body, for you are allowing it to be evolved to a point where it will be a computer
that can house this information.

This is going to occur due to biogenetic engineering that really has nothing to do
with you. You can facilitate the process, of course, by intending cooperation with
it.

As a species, you are being biogenetically altered by the beings who created you
and who redesign your DNA at periodic junctures in your history.

This time period was designed by the original creator gods or project designers
for them to come back and take over this place and return it to its original plan.
Millions have been called to participate in this project. Millions have said, "Yes,
we are renegades. Let us go and take back this project and see how we can set it
right. We will rebuild the ruins and put it together."

So the plans have been drawn, the designs made, and the genetics studied to find
who carries the recessive genes and the chord of light inside them.

You have selected with great clarity the parentage that genealogically provides
you with the fullest accessibility to combinations of light-encoded filaments that
can potentially evolve.

Before you came into the body, all of you committed to designing events that
would fire your codings, or blueprints ­ that would activate your memories. Then
you came into the body and you forgot. All of you have had your blueprints and
codings fired to some extent because you understand there is a divine purpose or
Divine Plan that you are a part of.

The firing of the codings and realization of your identity are going to become
phenomenally intense. The reason for this is the evolving DNA. When you have
twelve helixes of DNA in place, those helixes will begin to plug into the
twelve-chakra system.

The twelve chakras are vortex centers loaded with information that you must be
able to translate. You are evolving yourself even when you are not on the planet
and are perhaps more involved with other identities of yourself. Therefore, to
evolve, you pick particularly challenging situations in which you have to rise
beyond what has been established as a ceiling or boundary of what is possible.

You have to become super beings in whatever reality you enter because, as
members of the Family of Light, the branch of renegades, this is your forte. You
purposely came to this planet to give yourself such a challenge so you could be
defiant - not in a way that would give you problems or create disharmony, but in
a way that would create harmonic defiance.

Through your harmony, you are defiant toward the old vibrational frequency.

Part of the friction you feel with others is you are on this path of evolution and
bursting forth. Others don't like this because they are not coded at this time to
respond the way you are. Some people are not coded at all for this. Some knew
the plan of change and came here at this time to be observers. Some timid beings
came here knowing would they had the courage to step onto this planet -while
realizing what the blueprint of the planet was- that somehow this would be an
accreditation of their own conscious journey and would catapult them into higher
consciousness even when their only participation in the transition was simply to
be here. 
  
Just to be in the vicinity of this kind of activity is empowering. So give due credit
to all who are on the planet at this time who have decided to be participants in
this great frequency change. All of these participants are necessary, because the
more frequencies that are on the planet, the more energy can build to alter the old
frequency.

Those who have opened themselves to light are literally having their bodies
rearranged.

Sometimes you may wake up at night and literally feel the rearrangement. This
rearrangement of the body is the restructuring of the DNA.

Your DNA is a filament; a scientist would describe it as a connective filament.
Scientists, doing the best they can up to this point, have found certain codings
within certain portions of the DNA. They have also found superfluous portions of
the DNA. In other words, there are portions they cannot translate or figure out, so
they think these portions of the DNA are just there for the ride, and they call them
"junk DNA." They are off track.

We have talked about how all of you were built by the creator gods. You were
built like houses that were going to be expanded or added onto in the future.
You are now at that juncture when those who designed you are adding on to who
you are.

What the scientists call "junk DNA" has been dormant in your body for a long
time, and is now becoming activated. In our teachings, we always emphasize the
importance of oxygenation, because oxygen feeds the coding and awakens the junk
DNA in your body (which certainly isn't junk at all).

What scientists are calling "junk" houses the perceptions deep inside your body
that will allow you to become an entire perceiver, a fourth-dimensional being.

This awakening DNA will allow you to change your eyesight, your hearing,
increase your life span, and so on.

This dormant part of the DNA that has baffled the scientists is now coming to
life.

You are mutating so quickly now that certain scientists call the process a disease.
Some are very concerned about it. They have persuaded the government to invest
billions of dollars to research DNA. What is occurring in your body is certainly
not a disease: you are being naturally mutated and rearranged. This mutation
occurs most often while you are sleeping, so you may be waking up in the
mornings noticing that something feels a little different in your body.

You can expect the changes will begin to show themselves and you will develop
new abilities. You will automatically know, many things.

The original designers of the human body were benevolent beings. These original
creator gods were very generous in endowing you biogenetically with a
tremendous vitality of spirit and a tremendous zest of capability.

Much of this information is stored within your body in the light-encoded
filaments that are scattered and are coming back into alignment. Your bones and
skeletal form correspond with that information. When your skeletal form is in
alignment, the energy from sacred power sites is released, the cosmic rays are
pulled into your body, and the light-encoded filaments inside your cells begin to
reorder themselves, you will find that you are in the change.

The change will be mirrored to you everywhere you look.

The present evolutionary system designed by the creator gods to step you up a
number of dimensions or frequencies is based upon the evolution of the twelve
helixes that correspond to the twelve chakra centers - seven within your body and
five outside your body.

This is simply the way the system plugs in. With respect to the evolution of the
helixes within the human body, a common denominator frequency must be
attained that even those in the lowest possible stations can reach.

There are also those humans who could go beyond the twelve helixes. In general,
however, the state of consciousness of humanity cannot achieve that kind of
acceleration.

It is enough of a leap for people to go from a double-helix system to a
twelve-helix system.

Some people will be functioning with the twelve helixes within a short period of
time, while others around the planet will not receive this shift until later in the
decade. This is simply because each individual is coded to be given the frequency
when they are capable of integrating it. Many are already having a difficult time
integrating the changes at this early stage of the plan. A large majority of the
humans on Earth have convinced themselves there is only one reality and there
can be no other. This could be the downfall of the human race.

As the helixes come into full force in a person, there is an awakening of the
person's inner knowledge, knowledge that goes beyond what the person has been
taught. This inner knowledge is knowledge of self, knowledge that says there is
much more than this physical world. Believe it. Know it. Understand it.

The physical world is a clue to the spiritual world.

The world of spirit and self-evolution is on the verge of an information explosion:
cheap energy, free energy - everything will be given to you. All of this is related
to the evolving light-encoded filaments, which are millions and billions of tiny
little fibers.

As we related the story to you, the raiding creator gods who came in and took
over needed to have you operate in a certain way in order to control you. They
needed to unplug your intelligence, and so they did, by scattering and
disconnecting the light-encoded filaments that form the helixes in your DNA.

These filaments are now beginning to reconnect into helixes. The helixes will
evolve in sets of three until there are twelve strands, or helixes.

When these twelve helixes or strands of many light-encoded filaments begin to
vibrate within the body, each of the strands will correspond to a chakra center.

There are multitudes of chakra centers, and multitudes of potential helixes that
can form. Right now, the common denominator with respect to the number of
helixes and chakras the consciousness of humanity can handle without destroying
itself, is twelve.

So we are dealing right now with an evolvement of twelve helixes to plug into the
twelve chakras ­ as mentioned before, seven chakras in the body and five chakras
outside the body.

The seven chakras in the body are not too difficult to work with because when
you allow yourself to feel, you can physically touch and locate all of them.

The first three are the chakras of survival, sexuality, and perceptual feeling.

The fourth chakra is the heart center of compassion and connectedness to all
things.

The fifth is the throat chakra, which relates to speaking.

The sixth is the third eye, the vision.

The seventh is the crown chakra, which opens to the knowing that one's identity
goes beyond the physical form.

When you get to the five outside the body, you must begin to find new ways to
figure out what is going on with something you don't even know for sure is real.

The eighth chakra is within your realm of activity. It hovers twelve inches or
more above your head. Most people keep the eighth chakra center close to their
physical body.

The ninth chakra is close as well, within a few feet of the body. Once nine helixes
are formed, this chakra will move out into the atmosphere of Earth to become
more of an Earth chakra, connecting into the gridwork. It is a link.

The tenth, eleventh, and twelfth chakras are much further out.

The tenth chakra, once it is in line and plugged in, will be in your solar system.

The eleventh chakra will move out into your galactic system, and the twelfth will
be located and anchored some place in this universe.

You will receive information from these personal centers, for they are collective
centers as well, just as your other personal chakra centers are collective centers.

As you learn to translate the chakra experiences, you will discover life is not the
same anymore.

Not all people on the planet are going through these changes right now, because
you are not all coded to respond at this particular time. Each of you came in with
a certain order - a map of when, where, and how you best operate. Many of you
are learning how to follow this plan of the self that will lead you to discover your
exalted self. Once you learn how to do this, life will become quite effortless
because you will become a vehicle for light and will be moved just by your
intention to commit.

Different humans will be exposed to these changes at different times because it
would not do to have them occur all at once. This would create chaos, where a
certain order is needed. As an individual goes through the changes and translates
the experience, they can turn to someone to assist them who has already gone
through the changes.

For those of you who are the beginning people, the process can be very difficult.
You are the way showers. Once you are able to go through the changes, you can
make the path and show others.

There are road maps that indicate certain events that can occur when you wish to
plug into those gridworks of time. The greater commitment you have in every
moment to your own evolution, the sooner the changes will occur for the last
person.

There was a time when the human species occupied higher dimensional
frequencies and you had the ability to move through realities and manipulate
matter. Many of these abilities were purposely scattered by those beings who are
in charge of your reality.

You must understand, every reality has its guardians and there are different
stewardships and guardians at different times.

We are using the term guardian in a neutral fashion. You use the term guardian
for someone who is protective. We will say a guardian is in charge of reality and
perhaps they guard it from others; they don't let others come in and change their
reality.

Guardians, as we are referring to them, are not necessarily benevolent, uplifting
entities. The entities who are guarding your reality could be keeping out those
entities who would set you free.

You have forgotten so much because you were retooled, and many of your
inherent abilities were scattered and unplugged so they would not work.

Control came down over minds in your society. There are veils of protection that
were put around Earth, because were you to attempt to plug into some of this
information, you would not have the tools, the background, or the ability to make
sense of these realities.

Now the whole planet is immersed in expanding realities. In order to go into
these other realities, you will first need to explore very deeply your own reality.
There is no time to have twenty years of psychoanalysis. You have to develop
skills and abilities within a few hours that will allow you to travel a few decades
in your own emotional evolution.

You are going to have to travel the emotional highway, because the human body
expresses itself through the emotions. That is the uniqueness and gift of your
species.

First you will need to open the emotional highways to areas you have hidden
from yourself in this particular lifetime. Memories may flood in as this data is
lined up inside you ­ memories about events that were difficult for you at the
time or perhaps you did not have a context for. Some of you may uncover the
events of extraterrestrial contact which all of you had when you were children.
Some of you may uncover expressions of sexuality you did not understand at the
time you were involved in them, whether you were a passive or an active
participant. Such things have been buried by the human emotional body because it
is very sensitive to judgment, and the mental body passes tremendous judgment.
The emotional body, linked to the spiritual body, hides from this.

You all think you know who you are. You have stories of who you are based upon
what you remember of growing up in this lifetime. What we want to
communicate to you is you have a number of parallel, legitimate existences that
have different memories than you have. You stopped these memories or didn't
focus on the related events because your emotional body could not compute them.

Much of what you will tap into is tied to your sexuality because it is a part of
yourself you have not understood and you must go into in order to understand its
purpose.

What is sexuality all about? Who made these rules about the appropriate and
inappropriate expression of it?

Also coming up for you will be the realization of the contacts and energy that
were continuously around many of you when you were younger to teach you; you
blocked out these events because you were not given the support to believe they
truly occurred.

As you begin this multidimensional exploration, the memories you have hidden
from yourself will come forward. You will be astounded you could have
completely forgotten whole events and large chunks of your life, especially events
that occurred when you were under twelve years old. You will be amazed when
you explore the ability of the nervous system to shut down the flow of data that
the mind cannot compute. And yet, the records are there, so you will replay them.

You now will have the ability to compute many of these things because you will
learn to be neutral and not judge what you have participated in.

As you explore your current body, identity, and lifetime, do it quickly. You do
not have years to study them.

As the information in your DNA is retooled and replugged in, you will be able to
feel how the events from this life connect and blossom and have a thread of
purpose with many different places you have lived and many different identities
you have occupied.

Ideally, you will move out of judgment, and because of that you will be able to
pick up the story of what really happened here, which you will experience
firsthand through cellular memory.

The only way you can step into this higher frequency and determine the future of
your lives on this planet is to not judge your participation within this process.

This is very complex and very important: feel what we just said. This process
involves smashing the existing paradigm and becoming a heretic of reality.

You will begin to understand a legitimate, real existence has simply been hidden
from you.

It is imperative you begin to remember who you are.

You are not alone. You could not do this alone. Even when we say to you that you
are the standard bearer of your soul, there are other aspects of yourself that have
figured the story out and are coming back into your time period to create this
vortex of energy that is going to affect all realities.

We cannot emphasize enough the importance of these times and the excitement
and joy of what they hold - as long as you are willing to change.

When you are not willing to change and not willing to give things up, you will
have to go through experiences that will be less than joyful. All of you will have
certain things you may not want to give up. That may be the difficulty, for each of
you has your area of clutching and clinging. And yet, each of you came to do
something here so you could get on with your travels and with what your soul is
craving to experience.

It is as though you have unfinished business here. The veil for many of you was
pulled down very tightly so you would not fly away and say, "What am I doing
here again? I'm out of here!"

Those of you who understand the higher realms have many times felt very alone
here upon the planet. There are millions like you here at this time, forming a
tremendous support group. You are beginning to meet and find one another, and
you are beginning to thread your consciousness - one fine silk strand with other
strands of consciousness. You will see a most beautiful creation come together
without great effort because it is part of a plan and you are moved to do certain
things.

The whole planet has been controlled in such a way you have been taught and
trained from the time you first arrived here that you are not in control of your
own reality. You have been taught that everything is circumstantial and
everything depends on something you have no say in. This is wrong! You are the
one who controls your DNA.

You have complete control over everything. Until you discover that and believe
it, you are subjected to whatever anyone else wishes to do to you in this free-will
zone.

And, in your innocence, you have been exposed to things that have allowed your
DNA, your intelligence, and many other things to be controlled.


Chapter Six


  UNLOCKING  THE  HISTORY 


DNA carries the coding, for, this genetic material and its helixes are made up of
light-encoded filaments - tiny gossamer threads that carry information the way
fiber optics systems do.

The pillar of light you use to activate yourself and bring information into your
body is also composed of light-encoded filaments.

These light-encoded filaments carry a vast amount of data and information, and
your body is filled with them. When bundled together and placed in a certain
alignment, the light-encoded filaments work together and release information
that makes sense of the history they carry.

The light-encoded filaments inside your body are similar to a grand library - a
library that is so gigantic it carries the history of your universe. During the
course of the Earth's history, there have been many different species who have
lived here. You have convinced yourself that humanity is native to this planet.
Human beings were put here.

People are in for a shock because they are going to discover very shortly the
skeletal forms of very different creatures. Some of these have already been
discovered, particularly in South America, though they have been either written
up in your tabloid newspapers and passed off as a hoax or fearfully kept in secret.

When the consciousness of humanity is raised to the frequency of receptivity, and
the nervous system of the mass psyche balanced to the point you can have a
paradigm shift, Earth itself will reveal its secrets through a variety of means such
as weather patterns, Earth changes, psychic discoveries, and so on.

You will unearth a whole new history. The task you have before you is to
consciously command, intend, and will the evolvement of your DNA.
Commanding, willing, and asking for this is not easy, for, you must move through
many identities. From the historical perspective of your multidimensional
existence or essence or soul, you have been all kinds of characters, and some of
these experiences have been painful. They have been challenging and difficult.

It is time for you to move through the challenges and unlock the history that is
inside of your body by allowing the light­encoded filaments to rebundle, forming
new helixes, and by allowing yourself to be receptive to what this new
information in the DNA is going to plug in to you.

It will not always make sense to your logical mind. You will learn your logical
mind has a place, a function, and a purpose, but that it is not your identity. The
logical mind is overused by many people. It is overtaxed and abused, and when
you overuse and abuse the logical mind, you create stress upon your body. You do
not always need to understand logically what you are experiencing. Watch
yourself, maintain humor at all times, and maintain the idea you are evolving.

You will be going through many things because you are climbing a ladder of
identity made up of your chakra system. The chakras are energy information
centers that are keyed into lifetimes in which you activated or expressed yourself
in one area or another.

It is imperative for you to discover your identity in these next few years.

The light-encoded filaments are a tool of light, a part of light, and an expression
of light. These light-encoded filaments exist as millions of fine, threadlike fibers
inside your cells, while counterpart light-encoded filaments exist outside of your
body.

The light-encoded filaments carry the Language of Light geometry, which carries
the stories of who you are.

These light­encoded filaments were not previously able to come onto the planet
because there was a pollution created by the dark team that kept them out.

The light-encoded filaments are like rays of light that hold a geometric form of
language. They come to you from a cosmic database and hold information. Many
of you are at the point where you don't need to have a healing done on your body.
You need to have a spontaneous education, or implant, put into your body to teach
you. This is what will be coming during the next number of years.

Some of the people on this planet, particularly those working with crystals, will
learn to fill and activate other bodies with these filaments. Individuals seeking
this experience will have the filaments activated in their bodies to give them
instant information and instant knowing. This is what education is evolving into.
There will be beings who will assist you with all of this. You are going to have to
be able to recognize these beings and to recognize other realities as they exist
around you.

When the information in the light-encoded filaments was scattered, there was no
burning of the libraries - it was simply all the books were torn off the shelves and
left in the center of the room. Imagine you walked into a room the size of a
gigantic stadium and all of the books or information it had been filled with was
pulled off the shelves and left in the middle of the floor. How could you find
anything except by chance?

Since humans don't believe in the order of chance, they have never followed the
order that is within them.

The information in the filaments was left inside of you, yet there was no logical
way to make sense of it. So, in the present time, how do you find the information?

The information is going to reveal itself to you. That is the process. You don't
have to go looking for it because this revelation is your heritage and who you are.

As the DNA begins to form new strands, these new strands will travel along a
nervous system in the body that is being developed at this time, and memories
will come flooding into your consciousness.

You must work to develop this nervous system, to pull light into your body, to
oxygenate your system, to learn how to move through energy accelerations, and
to call more ideas and experiences into your body.

As this process begins to grow and nurture itself in your body, simply observe it,
for you will want to know how to access it.

Getting stuck in your dramas is like reading one of your books over and over
again and not letting all of the information in other books to come together.
There is more: there is a whole story.

This whole story has to do with your entire soul. As members of the Family of
Light, you are agreeing to hold in your physical bodies a conscious awareness of
all your existences. You are agreeing to accept what you have done and the parts
you have played in all these existences and then to raid different realities and
change them according to the dictates of your agreement as a representative of the
Family of Light. You have free will within this agreement, of course.
   
The triple helix brings you into the feeling center. The feeling center is emotion,
and emotion is your road or bridge or ticket to the spiritual self.

When people deny the emotional self, they can't get into the spiritual realms.

The Christed one said, "Know thyself."

Know thyselves. It's the same thing. That message was given on the planet a long
time ago, but it was distorted so people could not understand how grand indeed
they were and that all they had to do was rearrange themselves.

The work is always internal. When you want to know how to go about bringing a
change upon the planet, we always tell you to work with yourself. Develop
yourself. Move beyond the boundaries of self. Learn to become multidimensional,
to exist in the astral world, and to travel beyond the physical body. Stop defining
the body as ending "here," which is what society encourages you to do so that you
can be controlled.

In a free-will zone, control is part of the game because someone wants to be in
charge. You are members of the Family of Light. To what hierarchy and to what
gods do you answer?

DNA is a living history of truth and life. When one is able to merge with this
history, one is able to go into realities without videos, tapes, or books. One is able
to experience.

Many native cultures were trained to find the remnants of the Living Library left
upon this planet. That explains their reverence for Earth and animals and their
understanding of the cooperation that runs through everything. These native
cultures were purposely put upon the planet so there would be a training ground
and a place of potential memory activation when the time was right.

DNA holds the code. It holds the blueprint of identity, the plan for existence, the
history of the universe, and the history of life in this particular locale. And, it is
stored within the cells of humans.

The original DNA of the stewards of this planet, the human occupants, had a
genetic blueprint system that was based on the number twelve. The twelve
strands of genetic material are therefore connected to many other representatives
or informational sources that also number twelve. Remember, reality mirrors
reality. The twelve strands of information hooked the human occupant up with
corresponding information centers in and out of the body.

Earth is now entering a conjunction or lineup with purpose through which the
Original Planners are returning to reactivate the twelve-helix system in the
occupying species -the human to date- and put Earth back on its track.

When the biological library was conceived of eons and eons ago, it was decided 
the stewards of the planet would hold the key to unlocking the data that was
stored in this Living Library.

How does this tie in with the twelve information centers? When human chakra
systems are connected, open, and activated, information starts to seek its own
expression and become available.

There are certain things that will code or trigger this information, bringing it to
the forefront of existence to get it to begin to express itself. When you are hooked
into the information centers, seven in your body and five outside your body, you
are ready to receive energy through another set of twelve information centers.

When you activate your own twelve chakras, you hook into energy stored in
parallel sets of twelve centers that will further activate your process. This will
eventually bring the brain into its complete, full, computerlike function.

The twelve parallel realities hold ways to unlock information that has been
secreted away. There are many steps to unlocking this information. You could
compare this to governmental deep security, which uses different levels of
fingerprints and imprints to access the final bit of information. There are many
different ways things must be connected when something very secret is stored
away.

The activation of the twelve strands of DNA coincide with the activation,
spinning, movement, and opening of the twelve centers of information - the
twelve chakras or etheric energy discs. This is the beginning of the connection of
the spinning of the twelve.

When this alignment of energy takes place, it brings and pulls energy into the
twelve heavenly bodies in your solar system. These bodies then begin to feed
energy back to Earth. They activate themselves by releasing what they hold so
that Earth can biogenetically come alive.

There are more and more of these groups of twelve - the twelve universes
spinning, for example. Through the spinning of the twelve centers, there will be a
chaos of new consciousness, because when these twelve energy centers
-particularly the outer five- begin to hook themselves back up with the planet,
there will be an incredible flood of new energy.

The formation of the twelve helixes will not mean you will become completely
informed as a species. It means that in order to catapult the species of humans
forward into a higher consciousness, there is a maximum and minimum mutation
that needs to take place to create a new standard of operation.

This mutation will bring in a new frequency level each person will become
affected by in their own way.

The process could be compared to a new sun being born in your atmosphere.
These twelve helixes certainly do not comprise all the information inside the
light-encoded filaments. However, the forming of the twelve helixes will be
plenty to give you, as a species, a much bigger picture of who you are.

As members of the Family of Light, you know who you are. It is the humans who
don't know who they are. Since you are in disguise as humans, however,
sometimes you trick yourselves into thinking you don't know who you are either.
You know from the eternal portion of your being you are a member of the Family
of Light.

We call Earth the Living Library because you all have an image of what a library
is: it is a place where information is stored and available. We use this analogy
because we intend to evoke the image everywhere you go you are in a library.
You just haven't figured out yet how to translate the information or recognize
where it is in the library.

This is the image we would like everyone to begin to have. It will create a greater
loving for Earth, and a greater realization there is something for everyone to
relate to in this place. No one need ever be alone when they find out there is
intelligent life willing to communicate with human beings.

Once there is formulation of the twelve helixes, which hook one up to the twelve
information centers, the library will be activated. Humans were designed to be
the key to access this information in the Living Library. There are many stories
we can go into about this. Millions of years ago, all life coexisted on this planet,
particularly during the dinosaur period, when these large beasts operated as
guardians of the planet and certain energies were building to store data here. For
many millions of years this occurred.

Right now twelve is the system that connects, and when you look around, you
will see it everywhere. It was a symbolic insertion for a reason: so you would
someday figure out it connects you to something somewhere else. It is not your
natural rhythm but is a group agreement to use the energy of twelve in many
different systems of reality.

It is a coded formula. Many things that make no sense to the logical mind make a
tremendous amount of sense to the light-encoded filaments and to the body as it is
becoming more sensitive.

There are those who would say this is a very inefficient system and that it is not a
natural flow. But this system of twelve is the flow this planet was adjusted to.

In actuality, when you look, you are a system of thirteen. How many times a year
does the moon come full? Thirteen. The system of thirteen will come. You will
open to it soon because you will move past time. The energy of thirteen moves
beyond logic and beyond the forced system.

Now, as we have indicated, the Family of Light has come onto the planet to
receive energy from the Original Planners. This energy will create a genetic
alteration and reactivate and rebundle the light-encoded filaments. The filaments
will make up the twelve-helix system that can move the body into activation.
This will make human beings very valuable because they will then be ready to be
used to access the data that is stored in Earth.

What is this data that is so important? It is disguised in insects and flowers and
pigs and donkey tails and rabbit ears and all kinds of things, and it is for you to
discover. We want to emphasize that when the data was stored in the twelve
libraries, it was stored in many different layers. When you came into the
libraries, there were different codes of clearance. In other words, there were many
different ways of entering the libraries. You could not just walk in and say, "I
have free clearance to receive all of this information." Just as there is now
security clearance within your government, so the libraries holding this
information had security systems.

There was reason to build the libraries in the first place, for the pulsation of
tyranny was beating at the time. There was concern on the part of certain
energies, the Keepers of Time, that information might get into the wrong hands.
So, very playfully, libraries were designed in many different modes.

The other libraries, or worlds, are not at all like your world. The task for the
Keepers of Time was to engineer a project through which consciousness could
evolve, have information, and be utilized to access information.

Originally; the role of the human occupant as the way shower to the library was
one of great honor. Without the human occupant, one could not access the library;
and the more tuned in the human occupant was, the more one could access the
library. The human occupant had a certain pride in being loose enough and
connected enough to find the data in all things.

When humans were the library cards, then some were better library cards than
others. There was training that went into being the library card, and when beings
came who wanted to find information on the planet, they would merge with the
human occupant who was coded to respond to certain codes. When someone had a
low code, they might only see a certain amount of something; each one came with
the purpose of accessing specific information. Information was not withheld from
someone because it was secretive, but because the information was not
electromagnetically suited to their biological structure.

Data must be able to penetrate the belief system of an individual; otherwise, the
individual could blow up were they overwhelmed with energy that is not strongly
tempered with love. When something is strongly tempered with love, it prevents
the individual from blowing apart and keeps them focused on receiving a very
enlarged concept. This is how large concepts are transduced onto this planet: they
ride the love frequency.

Light frequency cannot carry large concepts because it is not connected with
emotion. Love frequency is connected with emotion. When an individual is
creating an expanded concept of themselves, there must be a love that gives the
individual purpose. Without love, the individual does not feel there is purpose,
and the individual must always feel connected with purpose to understand how
vast things are.

You are going to discover someday that sex is part of the process. When you own
your own sexuality, you will see the opportunities you have to express it, and you
will decide whether you want to express it in those ways or not.

As you become accessible, and as others utilize you to discover the library, you
may have very interesting encounters as the years evolve. When you go back and
study the scriptures and ancient manuscripts, you will understand that the gods
came down and intermingled with the daughters of human beings.

Sexuality has been used to spark the library card. There is something very
dangerous in this however, because it has been misused. That is why it is very
important to own your sexuality and be very certain whom you share it with. We
don't want any of you to be in a position to be bought or enticed. You are advised
to look and see whether you experience others as being honest and having
integrity or whether they are flattering you. You are becoming stewards for
power.

There are traditionalists who feel we are making entirely too much information
available without supervision. We say that Earth is headed for a major collision,
so no holds barred.

We are flooding the planet, as are many others, with opportunities to remember.
So, as you begin to amass this knowledge and these abilities, there will be others
attracted to you for their own reasons because of what they can access through
you.

When you are sexual with someone, it is like opening an avenue to the other
libraries. It has to do with many, many things. Part of what we want all of you to
do is love and honor your bodies, love yourself, and make certain when you are
going to be sexual with someone that the person really love you. It doesn't mean
you are going to marry them.

But there has to be love so you know who you are bonding with; in this way, the
discoveries you make move between the two of you. We are not so much warning
you as we are informing you, because you will see things happen to others who
are not careful of their power.

In other words, sexuality is not something to fool around with. It is a way to open
many avenues. When one does not approach it carefully, one can attract energies
even without having a partner. When one is using sexuality to activate
information, one could invite the wrong energies in.

So be aware of the frequency of sexuality, because it brings up the emotions, and
the emotions are the key to accessing the data stored in the Living Library.


Chapter Seven


  THE  MULTIDIMENSIONAL  MERGE 


You benefit by participating in the event of life. By simply being in physicality,
you are endowed with experiences and characteristics that you cannot gather
anywhere else. To be part of physicality on Earth at this particular time and
during the last 200,000 to 300,000 years is a very potent event indeed, because it
means you have come into a place where darkness has been reigning.

You have had to struggle to open your eyes in any capacity and to recognize joy
and upliftment. When you think back over modern history, you will find it has
been a rare event indeed for people to have had uplifting lives.

Therefore, you must birth upliftment for yourself, and you must convince
yourself you can do it.

The nature of existence on Earth has been a struggle between light and darkness
for many eons. Some would call it a struggle between good and bad, or upliftment
and evil. We will simply say it is an event and place where certain laws and rules
exist and Earth is certainly not the only place in existence that deals with these
kinds of challenges.

You are unique in that the biogenetic structure you operate within has much
greater capability than you have ever dreamed of. It is so interesting to watch you
perform within these struggles, because you have been convinced you can utilize
only a small percentage of your potential. In actuality, you are grand creatures
designed in the image of gods.

Even gifted with this incredible potential, you have been controlled to such an
extent that that potential has been denied its own existence. Most people use only
3 or 4 percent of their capabilities. Those who are more advanced may use 12 to
15 percent of their capabilities. Where does that leave most people? Where is the
other 80 or 90 percent? What can that 90 percent of capabilities do? That 90
percent is awakening now, and the ancient eyes are going to begin to remember
and see what the self is capable of being.

When the ancient eyes are open, and you recognize your true potential, you will
stop arguing with yourselves.

You will stop arguing for limitation and will begin to move beyond the things 
you insist on using to hold yourselves back.

In ancient Egypt, it took many lifetimes for the initiates trained in the priesthoods
to completely open their eyes to other realities. They were trained to reincarnate
into certain families and to remember who they were. Mothers and fathers
understood who they would be birthing because they would dream of it. They
would know who was coming into their bodies before they even moved into
conception. The eyes were much more open then, and could see into many
different realities. They were called the eyes of Horus because they could look
into many different worlds - the world of waking and the world of sleeping, the
world of death and the world of dreaming.

You who are wanting to open your ancient eyes and who are the masters
awakening have experienced training in many other lifetimes. It is now your time
to integrate this training into a body and into a system that has nothing to do with
temple life - into something that is not waiting to give you a place for your
abilities. You are renegades, so your society is not waiting for you to bring your
gifts forward as it was in ancient Egypt. There is no place to put these talents to
work within officialdom, no sect within society. This is not how you are living
yet. So you will go at the pace the body, soul, and mind deem appropriate for the
use of your talents.

Do not chastise yourself for not accelerating at the rate your ego deems
appropriate. The ego has eyes that see one part of yourself. The soul, or the eyes
of Horus that look through you, has a completely different vision of what is
appropriate.

Knowing your needs, your constitution, and your blueprint, you will operate at a
pace that will keep you intact. Mental institutions are filled with people who
opened the ancient eyes and couldn't make sense of it or figure it out; they cannot
find their home station. Without a place to plug into, the delicate balance of the
nervous system is upset.

You are rapidly developing your nervous systems, and there are ways to
recognize it. Every once in a while, you are able to catch the pulsation that takes
you out of physical reality as you know it - out of the frequency that is
third-dimensional identity. You are then able to move into another vibration and
see, feel, and recognize that something out of the ordinary ­something
extraordinary- is going on. It is usually then that denial comes in, because when
the logical mind can't explain what is happening or get a grip on it, you deny the
experience or block the memory of it.

It is best when you stay in your intuition - when you rely on what you feel and,
even though it may not make logical sense, operate with trust. Impatience is a
trap for many of you because you feel you need to move somewhere. Don't deny
the virtues of the turtle who moves very slowly, stops to go inside and
contemplate, is close to the ground, and sees very well.

When you desire an acceleration in this opening of the ancient eyes, state your
commitment. Thought is. Thought creates. When your thought is that you wish to
move into an acceleration with the greatest growth and ability, that is what you
will do.

When you doubt, that doubt is a thought, too, and it will also create itself. When
doubt occurs, it stops the expansion process because you deny the subtlety of what
is coming to you.

You are in the decade that we have labeled "the unnamed decade": the 1990s. It is
during this time that all the great events are going to begin to occur upon Earth.
Many events have already been occurring, but they have been sequestered away in
little compartmentalizations of officialdom. Officialdom is now outgrowing its
own outfit and can no longer fit within its boundaries because it does not hold
reality as it truly is evolving.

Those of you who are ancients - who are the masters awakening as you awaken,
we want you to be able to see out of the ancient eyes and to awaken something
you know, something you remember, something that is deep inside.

You are going to need to trust yourself and rely upon yourself. You need to be
able to see, to understand what you are seeing, and to translate the grander vision
for others.

You will come to an understanding or a vast implosion of consciousness that will
move you to know who you have always been.

It is up to you and only you to undo the locks and allow yourselves to go forward.

We have spoken about your beliefs and the importance of thought. We emphasize
over and over again you are a result of thought, that thought is, and that this is the
essence of understanding, manipulating, and working within your world.

When you begin to take this process from the intellect and put it inside the body,
and when you begin to commit to live your life this way, then the ancient eyes
will really begin to see.

As you begin to view your soul's history, your identity in this particular body
-the "I"- may seem to be very insignificant.

You had a magnificent essence expressed on this planet in very ancient times, and
there is so much more going on than you can presently perceive. It is as though
existence is a book three feet thick and you are on the first couple of pages on this
planet with the awakening of the New Age. You are going to go through this
whole book in your lifetimes.

As you compute all of this information, the story will flood your consciousness as
you begin to drop the boundaries of where you think you and civilization existed
and came from.

As you begin to disassemble your identity, cherish, honor, and love the variety of
identities that are you, and do not feel any of them are insignificant. Honor each
one, whether you are picking strawberries in the fields or looking for cigarette
butts on street corners. Allow the aspect of self that carries the primordial fire to
express itself through you. You can still be the "I" when it is appropriate to be the
"I."

Then, when the vastness of energy wishes to utilize your physical vehicle as part
of the plan to effect reality, the "I" is not annihilated. Instead, the "I" is
incorporated: this is becoming multidimensional. This is being able to move.

You each know you are here in a time sequence that is quite profound. The age
that has been written about, whispered about, and spoken about is upon you. It is
the age when humanity physically mutates before your eyes and literally turns
into something it was not a short time before. What do human beings turn into? It
is quite simple: human beings turn into multidimensional beings.

This is a big word and a big concept. However, it is something that will be as
familiar to you as tying your own shoes. Multidimensional humans are humans
that consciously exist in many different places all at once. Humans are mutating
or evolving into beings with the ability to flip from one station to another and to
understand the grandness of who they are - that they do not end where their skin
ends. Human beings do not end where the aura or etheric body ends; they exist in
many different realities.

This is the age of the multidimensional self: the self who can move with
awareness in many different realities; the self who can eventually bilocate and
disappear; the self who can move into fourth-dimensional consciousness - the
perceiver, not the thinker.

It is the age of the self who understands that the thinking portion of the self is
very important but it is not to be the CEO of the physical body; it is to be an
advisor.

Intuition is the avenue you are now being guided to cultivate to bring about a
marriage of consciousness. It is the marriage of the male aspect, which is logical,
with the female aspect, which is feeling. It involves bringing them together to
become one.

It is time to get moving. You are at a very crucial point, and it is time for a huge
change, a huge leap, a giving up, a releasing, and a letting go.

It is time to completely allow light and spirit to move you throughout your
existence, and time to let yourself become one with the multidimensional aspects
of self and portions of self you have no idea exist.

These aspects of self really do exist. They are connected to you and are using you,
the standard bearer of your soul, as the vehicle of movement for light in this
universe at this time.

Those within our group who plotted the probabilities of Prime Creator were
correct in much of their time travel and anticipation.

Indeed, Prime Creator is sending a change of vibration to this area of existence,
this free-will zone of consciousness.

The action is taking place here on Earth now. It is starting here, at this corner of
your galaxy, on the fringes, at this end of the universe.

This is a vast experiment, and it is with great excitement and great longing that
each of you came to participate in it. Have courage. We cannot emphasize that
enough: have courage.

Follow your inner guidance and trust yourselves. Call energy into your physical
bodies and utilize it. Defy the laws of humanity, because that is what you came
here to do.

You are renegades, and we are renegades as well.

There are those who cannot travel this route of consciousness, and that is fine. It
is not an easy route we move your consciousness through. The route will give you
rewards your soul is after, even though the rewards may come through battles.
You are bushwhacking through consciousness, and will come to a place where the
vistas are grand and you have completely new options about where to go both on
and off this planet.

Those who are involved with you will discover they have new options as well.
All of the consciousnesses drawn to this planet at this time will begin a spark of
evolution that will change the universal structure. Think big. Think really big and
go for it.

Who are these multidimensional selves? Many times you have been led to believe
there are other portions of yourself that are much more together than you are and
know much more than you do. To some extent that was true, and to some extent it
is still true. However, you will find that in being the standard bearer of your soul,
you will begin to activate data that is stored inside of your body that carries your
whole history.

How will you know when these other aspects of self begin to show themselves?
This can be very subtle, or it can be like being hit over the head with a
two-by-four. It simply depends on the self. You may be sitting one day and find
all of a sudden that upon blinking your eyes you are sitting in a different room.
That is getting hit over the head with a two-by-four.

More subtly, you may be walking down the street looking at a window display
when suddenly a mannequin or picture or word triggers something inside of you;
for a moment, you drift off and get a clear image of a simultaneous identity of
yours - existing at the same time as you.

You will begin to discover aspects of yourself that exist nonphysically, or parts of
self that exist as beings working in space who are truly space creatures.

The soul is going to wake up. It will know every aspect of itself, and every aspect
of the soul's self will know of all of itself at once.

You will be aware of all realities at once as you learn to ride the vibrational rate
and become fourth dimensional. You will develop this ability by first balancing
three or four realities, then five or six, and so on. You are awakening Prime
Creator's abilities and will become your Prime Creator.

Your Prime Creator's goal in creating this universe and all other universes was to
develop itself to such an extent and have so many multidimensional channels of
data open that it -whose consciousness is in all things you know- could become
aware of itself in all things, aware of every event that all things are involved in,
and compute this and not go insane.

You are evolving that ability in yourselves.

Basically, the part you are presently going through is the toughest part because
you are doubting and wondering is it really real. The body says one thing and the
mind another. The body says one thing and society another. The knowing is
growing, and it is a knowing of what is awakening inside of you.

You must be committed all of the time.

When these gifts and abilities begin to be firsthand experiences for you, you must
learn to work with them no matter what.

Begin to know you are divinely guided and all events are drawn to you for your
upliftment no matter what kind of upheaval they seem to produce in your life.

Ultimately, these events will make you richer.

The present situation is like someone dumping barrels full of gold in your back
yard and you saying, "Gosh darn it, the gold is wrecking the grass." You think the
lawn isn't as beautiful as it used to be because all that gold is being dumped there.

Whenever you get an experience, learn to participate in it; be a full participant in
your physical body. Enjoy it, have a good time with it, and learn how to
simultaneously observe your experience, the impact of your experience, the effect
your experience has on other people and yourself, and the results you get from all
of your experiences.

Then, whenever something of an extraordinary nature comes into being, you can
say to yourself, "Oh, goody, goody here it is again. What can I learn from this?"

When you are not having these experiences, begin to fantasize, to take charge of
your life, and act as though you can command or move one of these experiences
the next time it sneaks up on you.

You can do this the same way you may have learned to come awake in a dream
and command that you not be chased by boogie men or to make the bell ring
when you are just about to get an "F."

You must, as individuals and as a species, cultivate this kind of belief or intention
over all experiences of life.

There is a convergence of your selves about to occur on this planet. The selves 
you are going to meet are coming from all over the universe. There are selves that
petrify you when you think about them and selves you could die of a heart attack
looking at. They are selves that are you.

Earth is going through an initiation at this time. You are going through an
initiation because you are part of Earth, and you cannot separate yourself from
this system. Earth is transforming itself and intending to act as a domino for your
solar system.

It is intending to merge multiple worlds into one, to be grounded enough to allow
all those worlds to exist, and to translate the experience. This is what Earth is up
to. So, of course, you all must be up to the same thing.

The 3-D world is headed for a collision of dimensions - not a collision of worlds,
a collision of dimensions. Many dimensions are going to come crashing into each
other.

Some of these dimensions may seem horrifying and very frightening. The test, the
initiation -and initiation always means to move through another reality to
conquer it and transmute it- is to be faced with these energies and entities that
seemingly are of incredible darkness and to understand they are coming to merge
with you because they are you. They are part of your multidimensional self, and
you are the standard bearer, and you are light. Dark will come to light.

Be very clear when you deal with these things. When you are hesitating about
something, do not do it. Be clear. 
 
We define light as the promoting, dispensing, and sharing of information. Dark is
the controlling and withholding of information. Think about this and feel it.

You have come onto this planet with a coded blueprint to carry light and bring
about a huge planetary transformation. You have come to be the standard bearer
of your soul, the portion of your soul that is going to lead. That portion of your
soul says, "I set the pace here, and the pace is light and information; no more
being in the dark."

Have you ever thought there are portions of yourself that are in the dark anddon't
know how to find the light except through you? They want the light as well. They
want solutions and answers. What you may feel is not necessarily the intent of the
dark force but the emotional makeup of the dark force - the fear that vibrates out
of lack of information.

Portions of yourself that are uninformed are going to come to you to be informed.
How do you inform them? You shed light; you share light. You say, "I intend for
all of my other selves to come along on this journey and for them to get light as
well."

It is quite simple.

The battle between light and dark doesn't really serve you. It is part of the
separation story that keeps you confused. In actuality, there are simply aspects of
individual souls taking different guises in conflict with themselves. You are
battling yourself. The battle of light and dark, good and evil is only between
portions of yourself. These portions are multidimensional extensions or
reincarnations of the same collective of energies you are a part of as an
individual.

Because you don't understand something, you fear it. As separated forms of
consciousness that are part of Prime Creator's game, you are in a universe that is
made up of dualities. Prime Creator brought this universe into being with the
components of free will so free will could lead to chaos and then to a realignment
of energy and a realization of the Creator within all things.

With free will, all things are allowed and oppositions occur. These oppositions
split off of the self just as the Prime Creator is in all things and allows all things.
The things you meet that you fear are you. So when you focus on the story of good
and evil and want to figure it out, all you need to realize is you are playing ball
with another aspect of yourself that allows you to play ball from your point of
view.

So-called evil serves a great purpose. You just judge it because it seems bad. As
members of the Family of Light, when you exist in other places, you move into
various aspects of yourself and play the parts to perfection. When you came here,
you entered the density of the planet and worked with the double helix, which is
barely functioning, so you forgot many things.

Now, as you come awake and realize what you can become, you are leading
yourselves toward the realization you are your enemy. As members of the Family
of Light, you have access to a tremendous amount of understanding others do not
have. You came in with it, you are being reminded of it, and you are now learning
it and accepting it.

Part of your task is to allow yourself to merge with your selves that seemingly
are your enemies and are separated from you.

These selves are within all varieties of existence. The task is also for you to carry
the frequency of love, which is the frequency of creation, and light, which is the
frequency of information, throughout the collection of your soul.

You have come together as a soul to gather experience and enrich Prime Creator.
As you separate, you go off and act with free-will however you choose, without
judgment, so you can gather the proper information and bring you to wholeness.

This good-and-evil thing is something that can entrap you when you do not get
beyond it.

You are a collection of an incredible wealth of personalities who incarnate in
many different systems of reality. As members of the Family of Light, you come
into this reality to bring information, and you do so in many different systems.

There are versions of yourself that are doing the same thing within the
communities of lizards, insect beings, or bird beings. You are a collection of
personalities. As members of the Family of Light, the reincarnational experience
of yourself includes nonhuman forms.

A characteristic that members of the Family of Light have in common with one
another is their participation in many versions of sentient or composite reality.

Many of the forms you have chosen to incarnate within would look very foreign
and be very frightening to you, yet this is how you have evolved your soul. You
do not incarnate in only one species; you are travelers. As you are in disguise as
humans, you may be in disguise as lizards or something else. You do this so you
can unite yourself to understanding the essence of Prime Creator through a
variety of species that seemingly have nothing in common.

As members of the Family of Light, you know the inside scoop. You come as
ambassadors to make realities merge and become more informed within
themselves so everyone involved can release fear and become uninhibited.

Part of your job is to meet these other selves, merge with them, and feel what this
is like.

Ideally, you will become multidimensional travelers and will be able to take the
force from your body. You maybe working in the field, perhaps gardening or
chatting with someone or picking strawberries, and something strikes you ­ a
sound. You excuse yourself and say, "I am being called. I will return later." You
go and sit and allow your current Earth personality to depart. With conscious
awareness, you then take that personality to where it is needed to add to the
Family of Light's capability in that reality. You will know it.

You will all become multidimensional players. You will think nothing of it when
one of you excuses yourself from the others when you hear the tone and are called.
You will travel with conscious awareness, and entertainment will come from the
self. You will not seek to read books or listen to tapes or go to movies, for you
will be living those things.

As you bring the abilities of the Family of Light to this planet, others are not
going to want you to be here, because you will not fit with their gods. Not
everyone wants to be free.

You, as members of the Family of Light, are going to create a new Earth that is
going to be free. Those who do not wish to be free will have their Earth as well.
There will be a splitting and a time of separation. Members of the Family of
Light know there is no need to force anything.

You are simply to work together in harmony, support one another, and seek one
another out so you feel comfort in what you do because some of the things you do
will be very outrageous.

Each of you volunteered to come here at this time to carry a frequency. At this
time, that frequency is light, but eventually you will learn how to carry the
frequency of love.

The large majority of you have no idea what the love frequency can be. You talk
about love and light, yet you do not comprehend the ramifications and the true
meanings of them.

Light is information; love is creation. You must become informed before you can
create.

Do you understand this?

As you grow and come to these higher realms of recognition, you will break
through what feels like cement block­layers of yourself that have held you down.
Think of the frequency that has limited the human experiment as a radio station.
The human experiment has had one radio station on for 300,000 years. Same old
tunes! The human experiment was unable to turn the dial and hear a different
band, so the same frequency was broadcast. This created a quarantine - a sealing
off of this planet.

The creative cosmic rays sent by Prime Creator and the Original Planners pierce
through this frequency shield. They bombard Earth. However, they must have
someone to receive them. Without a receptacle, these creative cosmic rays would
create chaos and confusion.

You, as members of the Family of Light, come into this system to receive these
rays of knowledge. You then disseminate the knowledge, the new lifestyle, and
the new frequency to the rest of the population to alter the entire planet.

As members of the Family of Light, you are here to anchor frequency and allow
the mutation process to happen inside your bodies so you can make it available to
the planet.

You live this process, then you broadcast it to the planet. What does that mean? It
means eventually your reality is going to change and how you deal with reality
will change.

You will stop being you, as you know you, and will become more connected with
all the other you's who are looking to make the same leap in consciousness as this
you!

This process involves meeting and merging and using the multidimensional self.

As you reach higher knowledge, you realize you are not alone and there are
multitudes of selves; you are challenged to understand this. There is no reaching
higher knowledge without going through the multidimensional self.

This means coming into full realization and experiencing, meeting, and merging
with a collective of intelligence existing in the ever-expanding now, beyond space
and time.

Believe us when we say you, as members of the Family of Light, made a vast
study of the historical manipulation that has been going on on this planet, just as
anyone sent on assignment would be trained for a long period of time before they
were sent out into the field.

Each of you has been trained, and you have the knowledge inside you.

Our part is to hit key chords and play your consciousness into activity so you can
go ahead and make the tune or song or dance you are prepared for. Your
knowledge is inside of you, and as you agree to discover it, it will awaken on
deeper and deeper levels.

You will become very self­sufficient, those of you who agree to this.

You will also become incredibly knowledgeable, those of you who do not stop
because you are frightened.

We will say to you very honestly fear will always play a part in your
evolutionary process, so get used to it. Do not feel that fear is bad. When you
succumb to your fears and allow yourself to buy into them, then you must cycle
through them and experience all you feel so you can overcome them. Begin to say,
"I will transmute this fear. I will understand it is part of the plan. I will
understand it can serve me."

Remember, your power and ability to create reality through your will ends where
your fear begins.

And we will tell you ­ life is meeting fear. Begin to look at the events of your life
and how you create them. Understand you always create them to serve you. You
are trained for this. You are coded for this.


Chapter Eight


  OUTSIDE  THE  ULTIMATE  TYRANNY 


The ultimate tyranny in a society is not control by martial law. It is control by
the psychological manipulation of consciousness, through which reality is defined
so that those who exist within it do not even realize they are in prison.

They do not even realize there is something outside of where they exist.

We represent what is outside of what you have been taught exists. It is where you
sometimes venture and where we want you to dwell; it is outside of where society
has told you you can live.

You have been controlled like sheep in a pen by those who think they own you -
from the government to the World Management Team to those in space.

You have been deprived of knowledge by frequency control.

Think of frequency as individual broadcasting and receiving through which you
dial into the station of your choice. It is the broadcasting of carrier waves of
intelligence. The range of frequency is unlimited, and the range of intelligent
matter transmitted is unlimited.

Frequency control limits the number of stations you can tune into.

As members of the Family of Light, you must anchor new frequencies through
static chaos and bring them into the physical realm. The range of accessibility on
this planet to a variety of frequencies has been very minimal for a long time
because of many things that you most desperately need to become aware of.

As you learn about your own personal history and discover patterns of ineffectual
behavior that you must break and change, the planet pulses through its own
patterns of behavior. You are about to repeat history as a planet in a most
dramatic way.

You have come to alter and remove the frequency of limitation and to bring in the
frequency of information. When you are informed, you move beyond the need to
be in fear.

When you feel uninformed and out of control, you do not understand the bigger
picture.

Each of you came to awaken something inside yourself, inside the coding of your
being -the DNA- and you are responding to it. This is why you are on a search in
all directions of your life.

You and multitudes of others have begun the mutation process on the planet. As
you mutate electromagnetically, you alter your frequency or the tune you
broadcast.

You will eventually outgrow the frequency that holds you down and continually
blasts you with chaos and confusion.

Eventually, when you alter, carry, and maintain your own frequency, you will
vibrate differently and thus affect everyone around you.

They will feel the availability of this frequency alteration, which will then move
like a wave around the planet. As the planet accepts this new frequency you have
worked very hard to obtain, those at the end of the domino chain will receive it.
This new frequency is called knowledge, light, and information. It is called being
taken out of bondage.

You are being taken out of disinformation and misinformation and you are
becoming informed; you are coming into light.

As each of you has been assigned to become informed and to bring about a
frequency alteration on this planet, you must learn to become Keepers of
Frequency.

You must rise to a certain place of knowledge and consistently stay there.

You must become in command of your body so you can will it into stillness or
into activity.

You must be able to go inside yourself and heal what needs to be healed
emotionally and physically.

You must begin to part the jungle of self and find the clearing so you can show
others the way.

Sometimes you will show others the way not by speaking to them, but just by
maintaining, living, and working on your own frequency and having the courage
to do this.

As systems busters and potential Keepers of Frequency, you will obviously go
into the areas where your specialties are most needed. Many of the beings who
have incarnated as members of the Family of Light came to the United States
because this is the land where you can make the most progress. This also happens
to be a land where denial is pervasive.

You believe you live in the land of the free and the home of the brave, yet you
live in the most controlled experimental society on the planet. The tyranny that
has been set up here is rather interesting, because it is a tyranny without walls. As
a country and a collective consciousness, the United States still has not reached an
awareness that something is not right.

The environment of the United States is actually much more controlled than that
of the former Soviet Union, where the control was obvious.

Because everyone is so frightened of giving up the system in the United States,
they are going to be forced to give it up. The system is corrupt, it does not work,
it does not honor life, and it does not honor Earth.

That is the bottom line. When something does not honor life and does not honor
Earth, you can bet it is going to fall, and it is going to fall big time.

Consciousness must change. This is part of the Divine Plan, and this opportunity
and setup are not going to be missed.

There has been an overinvolvement in the material world and a complete lack of
understanding of the nonphysical world that exists all around you, so there will be
a reprioritizing of what comes first in life.

People will stand up, once they have lost everything, who had never thought of
standing up when they owned everything. People will awaken to the incredible
potential of themselves.

In the next few years, a connectedness and communal cooperation will begin to
run through this country so you will stop separating yourselves with respect to
political ideology. That separation was designed.

Whenever a people are separated, and they focus on what they do not have in
common or label themselves different from others, it is a perfect disguise to keep
them from discovering what they do have in common.

This separation keeps people from banding together and becoming very strong.

Much of the political maneuvering going on, particularly in the United States, is
purposely designed to separate you. Look at the New Age. Do you see how the
New Age is separated? All kinds of things are said to keep you from discovering
what you have in common.

When people discover this, they will begin to get angry. As more and more of the
methods of control and separation are revealed to you, the anger will build in the
United States. Events will occur that may look as though the country is falling
apart, yet they will serve the purpose of bringing people together. A new pride
and a new sense of integrity will come about, because this is what is designed for
the times.

The material realm is one area everyone relates to. Life in the United States
translates into how much money you have in your pocket and how much money
the government wants out of what you have in your pocket. Taxes will be the
issue that will create both the greatest amount of havoc in the United States and
the greatest amount of unification, because you all have taxes in common. You
may not worship the same God, but you all pay taxes.

In a clever move, the Middle East crisis allowed the government to have what it
wanted without going through the problem of asking your permission for a tax
raise on gasoline. You see how clever these things are? With a few more taxes
piled on top of one another, people will begin to examine the quality of their
lives. You will see a lot of anger in this country, because many people will feel
powerless.

Anger is one of the first emotions that will occur when people finally understand
the manipulation that has been going on and begin to get in touch with their
feelings.

Modern technology is one of the biggest weapons of frequency control. You have
been sold devices for entertainment and convenience, and they are all involved
with frequency control.

We recommend strongly you get rid of your television sets. They are the primary
tool used to manipulate your consciousness on a day-to-day basis.

This experiment is so finely tuned you respond subliminally to disease via the
television. So there is an entire generation killing itself by watching television -
and supporting the medical society while they are doing it.

Sometimes liberating information is broadcast - perhaps even a New Age show.
However, you may watch such a television show about how uplifted and
unlimited you can be, while subliminally you are being hit with a frequency that
keeps you from original thinking. This subliminal keeps you immobilized and
holds you in a "survive, arrive, be-on-time, be-silent, go-to­work" society.

Television also promotes inactivity and a sedentary, obese life. Look around you.
Wake up, humans!

Most of the subliminals on television are done through technology that was
developed in conjunction with off-planetary beings. The use of subliminals to
upset human consciousness has become a worldwide program. When you think
about the houses that have two, three, and four televisions in them, you must
agree this has been a very successful marketing program.

Some people who know about the subliminals on television feel they are immune
to them. However, the effects of television are so permeating that no matter how
clear you say you are going to be, you cannot counterbalance what the technology
is presently doing to your vibrational frequency.

We have said there are entities who feed off your emotional bodies. Think about
what a clever tool television is for them. All over the world, billions of humans
are emitting emotional juices into the atmosphere based upon what they are
watching on the tube. They don't have to have too many wars anymore to get you
all riled up - they can simply make movies!

People who need to watch television are not tapping into the wealth of
information within their minds and immediately accessible all around them.

As a matter of fact, when you really want to evolve, do not read your newspapers,
do not listen to the radio, and do not watch television. When you are able to be
media free for periods of time, and you disengage yourself from the frequency of
chaos, anxiety, stress, hustle-bustle and temptations of all kinds that you don't
need, you begin to get clear.

You begin to listen to what is going on inside yourself and to live in the world
and not necessarily be lost in it. You become clear. We cannot emphasize this
enough!

Electronics also jam your frequency. Even when they are not specifically designed
to jam your frequency, sometimes there is incompatibility between the electronic
frequency of something and yourself. Plus, as we said, many of them are designed
to create static so you will always stay at a certain vibratory rate, turning you
into safe, harmless, inactive, productive cattle.

What about computers? The second most predominant piece of hardware in the
United States is the computer. How many of you go to work on computers and
end up getting headaches, particularly when you work for large corporations and
are hooked up to their mainframe? Large companies are into aspects of mind
control; they use your minds to generate energy to achieve something for
themselves.

Personal computers are not as potent and powerful.

Some new inventions are going to surface in the nineties ­ very underground
inventions, because they will never be given patents to be promoted in the
marketplace. There will be a whole underground economy based upon barter, in
which certain inventions will be traded between people. There will be
technologies that can counteract much of the frequency control: these
technologies can change the quality of your air and water, and they can eliminate
and seal off your home so you are an integral of energy and nothing can bombard
you. There are technologies that do phenomenal things.

Do you understand how technology has been used against you? It has not been
used for you.

Television is not necessarily bad in itself, but it has been put to ill purpose. There
is nothing wrong with technology. It is how technology is being used that is the
bottom line. That is the difference.

The education system is another area where you are controlled. Most of what you
are taught is malarkey.

You work hard, take loans out, and pay money to learn something that is
antiquated before you even set foot in the door, particularly in the realms of
scientific, mathematical, psychological, and medical exploration.

What do you do when you live in a society that rewards you for degrees? You
begin by saying, "I believe I formulate my world. I believe I do not need these
credentials to define my existence. I can be unique unto myself, sovereign unto
myself."

Come up with a method or way to explore the world without degrees. Education
is actually the pursuit of knowledge, and knowledge can come from a walk in the
desert. It does not have to come from flipping pages in a book. It is not harmful to
explore a little bit of schooling, but don't buy into the idea that what you are
being taught is correct.

You are controlled and separated by issues that strike at the core of your
emotions.

The abortion/pro-life issue is not a global issue, it is a national issue. Sometimes
it does look as though innocent victims are trampled or stampeded by events that
seemingly have nothing to do with them. Of course, that is what you have been
taught - that you are powerless and can only be saved by the mood of the gods,
which has never been the case.

Those who find their lives taken by accident or violence select it.

The pro-life/abortion issue has been purposely orchestrated in the United States
by different factions within the government to create a lack of harmony. Divide
and conquer, and you own the people.

Allow the people choice, freedom, and the ability to continuously improve their
lives, and you cannot own them.

Whenever people oppose people, those in control benefit, even down to the issue
over abortion.

How do they benefit? They keep women from uniting with each other and men
from uniting with each other here in the United States. They keep people in fear.
They convince you, by continuously putting these issues before you, that a woman
has no control over the birthing process in her body.

You don't need abortion: you never need to get pregnant in the first place when
you don't desire it. How? By will. A woman can say to herself, "I am not prepared
at this time for a child." Or, alternately, "I am in receptivity of a child."

When you own yourself, you will not need permission from the government
about what you can do with your own body.

Violence on the streets of major cities is another subtle means of control.

The big cities in the United States -Los Angeles, New York City, Washington,
D.C., and so on- are energy buckets, or holes, where energy comes into the North
American continent - or has up until now. There has been an increase in violence
in these cities because it is known that when unrest can be kept brewing and
reported, it can be a likely vehicle for manipulating the entire nation.

These things are purposely set into motion on the physical level and assisted on
the etheric level because the more fear generated the more those in charge can
feed on it.

When a woman goes out with her family and is assaulted, her young son, a
seemingly innocent victim, fights the assailants and goes down by knife and dies
totally unexpectedly on his vacation, the fear that is promoted throughout
multitudes of people feeds many. The fear that the war in the Middle East brought
about was phenomenal.

You have been raped of your life force. When there is anything you as members
of the human species have in common it is that you have been raped for your
emotions.

Others have played your emotions as though they were instruments, and they
have never let you know the power you have with your emotions.

Always this whole story comes back to emotions. Emotions are like tickets that
can get you places and plug you in. You are incredibly rich. Would you only to
realize how wealthy you are with your emotions.

The lower vibratory beings, when we may be so bold as to call them that, exist off
emotions in a very small range of frequency - emotions based on fear, chaos, and
violence.

The ability to use the human will over the human mind is your ultimate resource.
This ability to master the body according to your will is exactly what the people
in charge of the planet do not want you to figure out.

As more of you become sovereign and in charge of your own frequency, those
who do not want the new frequency here will bring an opposite frequency to
create chaos, confusion, and polarity.

Always, whenever a society is on the verge of a huge leap or change, there are
diametrically opposed activities.

Always look at an issue from the perspective of the bigger picture so you have
neutrality with it, for the picture gets bigger and bigger all the time.

The planet is headed for a major confrontation with certain entities. We are
simply pointing this out; we are not here to promote fear. Fear is what the other
team wants you to feel.

We want you to understand you can change anything you want to change. This is
going to be a game of numbers in the future, because you will work together to
bring yourselves to a place of empowerment.

We are asking humans to come into full function as members of the Family of
Light by imaging and energizing the pillar of light and pulling it inside the body.
Command it. Make it your intention every day to operate with a cordon of light,
for light frequency connects you and fills you with protection and information.
Feel it move into the base of your spine, down your body, and into the Earth, as
well as coming out of your solar­plexus area like a fountain and forming a golden
shield of light around you.

As you use the solar-plexus area to determine what is going on, you will learn
discernment through feeling.

Earth's owners have not wanted humans to understand their feelings and emotions
are like a crop, such as wheat, that can be harvested. When you are in charge of
your own harvest, then others cannot take advantage of you and use you unless
you decree it.

When you operate with a certain frequency and sovereignty, those who wish to
control you are not interested in you. They want a fearful, chaotic frequency,
which is what nourishes them.

Fear and chaos have predominated on this planet because these entities have
stirred them up. They have divided and conquered everywhere to create that
frequency.

When you operate in peace, love, and with information, you alter the structure of
this place drastically: you bring choice of frequency back to this planet.


Chapter Nine


  PROFOUND  NEW  BOUNDARIES 


Since you are a frequency-controlled society, the ability of humanity to create
technologies has been limited. In a less controlled society that has greater
outreach or travel capabilities through space and greater interchange between
systems, technological advances are quite astounding and uplifting. Many gifts
and influences from outside this planet have been hushed up. Some information
has, of course, been given to the planet in many different ways, and the resulting
technologies have brought about great changes in lifestyle.
    
One of the changes in lifestyle that occurred during this century was the
introduction of movies. A whole new way of influencing thought was brought to
the planet by the film industry. Just as there is a movie industry on this planet,
there are those in space who have a holographic industry. They make holographic
inserts - dramas that look just like they are real and insert them through portals
into your reality.

Since these space beings have been around for hundreds of thousands of years, and
humanity's frequencies have been controlled, it is quite easy to hoodwink human
beings.

Holographic inserts have been used on Earth to manipulate and control
consciousness and change the story of information to one of disinformation - one
of a limited amount of knowledge.

As we see it, those who use the holographic inserts are not always after bringing
light, information, or upliftment to people. They have ulterior motives, although
they may pass them off as light.

Holographic experiences, especially viewings in the sky, are set up to influence a
large group of people at once. Many, though not all, UFO sightings have been
holographic inserts.

There have been holographic inserts of one individual, designed in many fashions,
projected simultaneously in many different cultures. That is why some of Earth's
religious stories are parallel from one corner of the world to another when there
was no physical contact.

Holographic inserts look exactly like 3-D reality. They are creations of events
manufactured and inserted in your reality to look as though they are part of a
sequential action.

They are used to influence the minds of observers, and they are very difficult to
recognize. You will have plenty of practice in the next number of years when in
the Middle East and other areas around this planet a lot of extraterrestrial
activities come into full force and begin to be published. Some of the grand events
will be very legitimate, and some of them will be inserts designed to move the
consciousness of humanity toward the one world order to be controlled.

Holographic inserts have energy fields and can be dowsed. Dowsing rods move
differently in them because their energy fields are diverse and vibrate at an
incredible rate.

You can walk into them and participate in them. People may be part of them and
swear they are real. But they are orchestrated events designed to influence the
minds of humans.

Holographic inserts are not done for information, they are done for control. They
are simply an aspect of technology that exists.

Realities can be constructed and inserted just like movies.

Movies, television, and so on are your version of creating reality. There are other,
very evolved beings who cleverly create realities so "real" that you can't tell the
difference. They are like beams. Just like spotlights are projected into the night,
holographic inserts are projected onto this planet through portals.

Tremendous energy is needed because the process involves the merging of
dimensions.

The technology does not exist in the third dimension, it exists in other
dimensions, and they need the dimensional fusions.

What is the difference between dimensions? Why is one dimension important to
another?

Because each dimension has a different vibratory rate or way the molecules move.
These holographic inserts need places where the dimensions are already merged
because they need to play through the other dimensions in order to enter here.

Humanity has been blind and hoodwinked over and over again because of the
unevolved helixes that information could not plug into.

The Family of Light has come to change all of that. You are here to carry a new
frequency on the planet and hold it in your bodies so the rest of the planet can
begin to vibrate at the same frequency.

That frequency is going to create disruption of the structures based on
two-stranded DNA on this planet. It cannot help it; it is time to evolve. Earth is
ready to go through whatever is necessary for that evolution.

Human beings must learn to read energies.

They must learn to use more than the senses of their eyes, ears, nose, mouth, and
so on to perceive reality. We have said that the eyes, ears, nose, mouth, and sense
of touch are deceivers of reality. They lock reality in.

You think you are perceiving reality with these senses when in actuality they
limit your perceptions of reality.

You have been trained since you were a child to rely on your eyes, ears, nose,
mouth, and sense of touch to interpret experience. Now you are going to need to
rely on other forms of sensing to determine experience.

One of the forms you have discounted is feeling.

Feeling -your knowing, intuitive, psychic self­ has been jammed by frequency
control on this planet so that none of you have been able to find it.

When you found your own knowledge and your own way of intuiting, you could
not be controlled.

How do you know what is controlled and what is not controlled? Part of your
experience here is to learn that - to get into a little hot water and to know when to
jump out.

In the deepest core of your being, there is an integrity you can discover and begin
to operate with. It is an integrity that honors life and honors yourself first and
foremost as the life that you are in charge of. You are in charge of you, and it has
been gifted and granted to you that you honor your light, your body, and your
experience to the best of your ability.

As you begin to take good care of your integrity and to cultivate it and discover
the miracle and potentials of it, you will discover that your body, which
seemingly has been somewhat of a burden you have been carting around, is really
invaluable.

It brings you untold wealth. With the physical body, you are millionaires. You
must learn to use your feeling center and activate and act on the information
inside of you; you must learn to trust it.

You, as members of the Family of Light, are intending to merge dimensions.
Your task is to pull other dimensions into this reality, to have your nervous
system handle the different molecular fluctuations, and to be able to make it OK.

You are learning to perceive through your feeling centers and teach others how to
do all that you can do.

You are the way showers. You will recognize holographic inserts by feeling.
They won't feel right - something will feel fishy or strange. When holographic
inserts are put into your reality, something is not right. As members of the
Family of Light, your codings and filaments will not feel good when you are
exposed to holographic inserts because they are used to control you rather than
bring you to upliftment.

They are used to ride your emotions to a certain point so others can feed off them
and bring you to a certain new level of operation.

These technologies will be used more in the next decade. That is why we say
humanity is in for a drastic awakening as far as what is really real. The
boundaries of reality are quite profound.

We talked about the portal in the Middle East being a dimensional doorway or
entryway onto the planet for certain energies to find civilization. Remember,
when you leave a planetary sphere and go into space, once you traverse certain
belts of consciousness you must find the proper portal to come back onto the
planet in the precise time period or corridor of time you are looking for. This is
how systems are kept locked and intact, and how they are prevented from being
raided and taken over.

There are portals on the South American continent, the North American
continent, Asia, China, and all over the globe. The huge portal we are presently
discussing is the portal in the Middle East. It is gigantic. Many holographic
inserts or dramas have been inserted through that portal to upset the minds and
beliefs of the population.

Since this portal is in the midst of crisis, it is a prime candidate for holographic
inserts and also prime for a belief system to alter this chaotic world and get
everyone to move in a different direction. Be aware of your feeling centers when
these kind of events begin to occur on this planet.

The Middle East is a portal where many dimensions meet and where entities from
other dimensions can come onto this planet. It is a hot spot. In recent times, in the
last forty or fifty thousand years, many civilizations have surfaced and many
religious dramas have started in the Middle East.

Because of the vortex, holographic inserts are easier to produce in that area, just
like movies are easier to produce in California.

A potential holographic insert in this portal is the arrival of extraterrestrials from
space. Or Christ returning. Or some god returning, or some savior, or some
reason for everyone to begin to follow one way of thinking. At this time, as we
see it, it is not of light.

An example of a holographic insert that was put on the planet in the past to
change the course of history is the crucifixion of Christ. The drama that was
played out and passed on historically to you is not the reality that the Christed
One came in to play.

A version of this entity's life was molded and designed in a holographic
entertainment movie, which was then inserted and played out as though it were
real.

Christ came in as a committee of beings over a period of time.

The story you have been told is a dramatized, marketed version - a very
controlled version of who this entity was and is. Part of the Christ drama you
have been taught was a holographic insert.

And part of what you will discover in the future about the Christed One has the
potential of being another holographic insert. So be aware.

Most people would say we are sacrilegious and of the devil to say this. How can
we question what the Bible says? How can we question all of these things?
Because they were all said and done by patriarchal organizations that promoted
themselves. That was all they were. They were utilized to bring back control of
the energy on the planet.

In reality, the Christed One was sent as a systems buster, a member of the Family
of Light, to bring light through the portal in the Middle East.

This created a way for many to enter and seed a reality that would prepare the
consciousness of humanity for the cycle that will terminate in approximately the
next twenty years, depending upon how events proceed.

The Christed One came not as one entity but as a number of entities, influencing
people in humanity's dark hour, an hour when human beings were ready to
understand their mysteries.

One of the things not promoted to you in a very truthful way was that the
Christed One was very well accepted. The kind of energy the Christed beings
brought to the planet was received very well.

There are a number of dramas going on with the Christ entity. There is the
original blueprint: the plan of the Christed committee to come in, spread light or
information, and show humans what the human body is capable of doing.

Then there are the beings who said, "What are we going to do about this? This
one is coming in our portal, and we want control over this portal. How are we
going to be able to use this energy? It is a free-will universe, and we can do what
we want." So they created a holographic insert of the drama of Christ being
crucified to create fear and emotion out of someone else's intentions and to move
consciousness in a way that was not originally intended at all.

This means in a free-will universe it is possible, particularly in portal areas, for
one group of gods to raid another's story and insert their own version of it.

At the time, perhaps, this does not affect many, although over time the impact of
the holographic insert is eventually known.

We know this is frustrating for many of you. Yet what we are doing by sharing
this information with you is getting you to move, feel, remember - and not think
so much.

This is not a process of logical thinking, it is a process of feeling. What is going
on with your body? Ask yourself, "What is my identity? How can this be? Who
am I within it?"

Then you will begin to release more of who you are to yourself, and you will be
able to figure out many things.

Do you understand why you have come here to bust the system?

Do you understand how complex frequency control is?

Do you understand how fine and thin reality is?

Do you understand how available reality control is to the human species - would
humans to harmonize with one another, act as though they were all provided for,
and believe and create through their minds?

We said some time ago that light is underestimated on this planet. Truly it is.
Would it become known how many individuals are gaining sovereignty over
their thoughts and lives, and how many of them are broadcasting this sovereignty
and living to teach it to others, those in charge would do something about it
rather quickly.

Light is underestimated, and it is a good thing, because light is going to liberate
you all. You have an exciting assignment -an enviable job- and you have all the
help you are going to need to complete your task.

There has been a tremendous influx of entities and mother ships on this planet
that are now acting as intermediaries or perhaps literal transducers of energy.

The beams of light that come to the planet come from old and ancient star
systems that have been working with Earth for eons and eons. Many of them are
simply numbered by your astronomers, while others have names you are familiar
with - Sirius, Arcturus, Orion, the Pleiades, and so on.

Beams of light are being caught by quite a number of mother ships surrounding
Earth, filtered through an entirely different system, and then blasted onto the
planet.

Many of you have implants inside you to respond to this communication and
bypass psychotronic warfare and interference that would keep your frequencies
jammed and prevent you from being able to receive this information.

These implants are not negative. You were not abducted and probed to receive
them against your will. They are etheric implants you called to yourself as tools
to receive off-planet energies. These implants are being activated now.

Many of you are finding you are feeling altered. At different times of the day,
particularly when you are going to sleep, you are hearing a variety of tones or
feeling a kind of electric vibration in your body.

When this information is beamed to you, your body must be able to receive it. In
order for your body to receive it, it must be in a certain state.

The information is like a current, and when your body cannot handle the current
it moves into a state of discomfort.

The people of Earth were programmed for this time, and there is no one
incarnated upon the planet who can say they made a mistake and did not know
what was going to occur here. No one was born upon this planet without a
mechanism inside them that can be activated to tune into or turn on to the ability
to house these frequencies.

We have encouraged many of you to move out of the logical mind because the
logical mind will come into conflict with this information and electronic energy.

In the next number of years, your understanding and vibration with the
frequencies coming to you will be like turning on your own radio. You will have
a direct telepathic link with mother ships broadcasting to you.
There will come a time when you will never even think of going to a channeling
session because you will have your own linkup with information.

The wealth of information that will come to you will be of great reassurance; it
will be broadcast to fill you in on what is happening.

As you become more trusting, you will be able to manifest before you a light
entity who will come physically and begin to teach you.

Channeling, or the process of bringing information through another being, will
become completely archaic as each of you manifest your own literal being to
teach you.

In the meantime, we are here to teach you, to remind you of who you are, and to
give you an idea of what you can draw to yourself.

What we want more than anything else is to assist you, as members of the Family
of Light, to succeed in liberating the humans.

Focus on the dance of yourself.

To what tune will you dance and to what magic will you perform and to what
heights will you be willing to push consciousness to give it a new definition of
possibilities?


Chapter Ten


  A  NEW  PARADIGM  OF  LIGHT 


Who are the Bringers of the Dawn, and what is their role?

The Bringers of the Dawn are those who carry the rays of the sun and bring light
and knowledge.

They have an ancient organization, an ancient society, an ancient spiritual
bonding that keeps them doing certain work within a certain star system.

You are members of the Bringers of the Dawn; otherwise you would not be drawn
to this book.

The members of this elite organization come to Earth at different times to do
their work. This occurs when a cycle has been set and events are perfect for them
to allow the energy from the high cosmos and the energy from Earth to merge
within their own beings.

The energies from the cosmos are always coming to Earth, and the energies from
Earth are always lifting up toward the cosmos.

Humanity creates the sacred bridge between Earth and sky, which some have
called the rainbow bridge.

The Bringers of the Dawn allow these energies to merge so that the dawn, or the
light, is awakened within them.

They then bring that dawn to civilizations.

This is who you are.

This is what you are doing. So are multitudes of others. You are the Bringers of
the Dawn.

As Bringers of the Dawn, there is a certain stance that will facilitate the
commitment you have made. This stance is one of allowing and moving out of
self-indulgence and the discounting of your experiences.

For the Bringers of the Dawn, each link makes up the whole, no matter how it is
constructed, no matter what strength or weakness it has, and no matter how big or
small its role.

Strength or weakness or influence are not necessarily to be compared; they are
simply the stance that consciousness, in its own dance of reality, chooses to focus
upon.

We teach you about yourselves and assist you in unlocking what is inside you, not
what is outside of you.

As Bringers of the Dawn, you are in your darkest hour before the dawn, when you
may wonder whether there is going to be a ray of light. Then, almost instantly,
the light will begin to show from nowhere. Where will it come from? How will
it change your thinking? How is existence as dark as it can be one moment, and
then the next instant there is light?

As Bringers of the Dawn, you will that light to dawn. You were trained for this; it
is your forte.

You, the Bringers of the Dawn, also known as the Family of Light, agreed to go
through the process of mutation to evolve yourselves into higher beings by
intention and conscious agreement. You bring light back to the planet, bring
about the new evolution of humanity, and make the cosmic evolutionary leap in
awareness and intelligence possible by anchoring the frequency first inside your
own bodies and living it.

The Family of Light comes from a central place of operation - a source within
this universe that acts as a broadcast station.

There are central suns within your galactic system and a central sun within this
universe. The Mayans named this central sun Alcyone. Others know it by other
names.

The sun has light, and light has information.

To make this very simplistic, members of the Family of Light come from a place
that is the central storehouse of information for the universe.

You cycle or spiral out from this central sun and carry the information from it
throughout the various systems in this universe; you plot, plan, and travel. You
are very unique in this regard, and you know it. You know when you look at the
population that you are very different.

You love rabble-rousing, and you love to bust systems open. When something
says, "No Trespassing," it is for everyone else and not for you. You go wherever
anything is shut down so that you can open it up.

You operate by separating yourselves into many multidimensional identities and
then going into systems to change them.

You sometimes incarnate in these systems for hundreds of thousands of years in
preparation for the time when you may be called on to bust the systems.

You have a resume to back you. For example, you incarnate on Earth a number of
times so when the call goes out that Earth is going to be busted open and the
paradigm is going to be shifted, you can say, "I have been there 247 times, in this
many varieties, and once I was able to ascend my body. I did this, this, and this.
When I go in for this game plan to bust the system, I am certain I can refresh my
memories, pull them up, defy the laws, and complete the assignment."

Sometimes it doesn't happen and the plan has to be aborted for some reason. That
is a very frustrating experience for you. However, when all goes according to plan
and you succeed in busting the system and creating a new paradigm of light, it is
like a cosmic orgasm to you.

Members of the Bringers of the Dawn or the Family of Light work in teams.

You don't go into systems alone. You need each other to do this work because you
cannot hold the frequency by yourself. By going in as teams, you increase the
odds of successfully carrying out the plan.

You are like rays and light spirals of the central sun that are very intelligent, and
you are guided by a great intelligence inside the central sun.

Light is a kingdom of consciousness, and it has a purpose in existence.

The story we tell you today is a story you can comprehend. Every time we speak
to humans and you comprehend more, we give you more. We do not want you to
think light is more noble than anything else. Something in the essence of your
soul connects you to this light source and drives you to this profession, but it does
not make this profession better than any other profession.

There are others who have different sources and spiral out with different
intentions, and they make the ballgame possible. You are learning about this.

We remind you that Prime Creator creates it all, and it endows all things with
itself. Just as you are seeking self­awareness, Prime Creator is mastering this as
well. It seeks to be aware of itself within all things and to endow the things that it
is within with awareness that Prime Creator is in them and aware of its existence.
The awareness is like a mirror going back and forth between Prime Creator and
all creations, down to the smallest little bug or ant that crawls on the ground.

Just as Prime Creator is in light, it is also in so-called evil, knowing that "evil"
also has a divine purpose.

Many kingdoms of consciousness exist. "Kingdoms of consciousness" are fancy
words for a concept we would like you to grasp.

Within the kingdoms of consciousness, there is a likeness of energy, and there are
many kinds of kingdoms of consciousness.

The Family of Light comes from a particular kingdom of consciousness.

When your consciousness learns the laws of creation, manipulation, and
management of reality, it is quite easy for you to manifest into any form you
choose.

For those of you who have activated your shamanistic and native cultural
memories, you well know part of the teachings of native cultures was how to go
into various realities and change form. The shamans in certain cultures were
revered for this. They carried genetic coding, and there were very few on the
planet in relation to the entire population. They held the magic and mystery and
kept the process alive. They were able to move in the forms of animals and
various other shapes and guises. This was quite a profound science, indeed.

Because this science exists on the planet, of course, it also exists off the planet.
Earth is a "happening" place right now, a hot spot. It is coded to start its own
revolution - not necessarily just a revolution in the United States to change
lifestyle, but a dimensional shift that is going to alter all of the space around
Earth.

Many extraterrestrials who are curious about life forms know how to rearrange
their molecular structures and come onto the planet in disguise as humans.

In times of tumultuous change, when dimensions have the potential to merge and
collide -as you are setting up here for Earth- there is a great gathering of energies
that come to participate in the big show.

The big show happens on many levels, not just in 3-D. A chain reaction moves
through all the dimensions of existence and all of consciousness.

Some beings beam themselves to Earth in disguise as humans, or they incarnate,
picking an opportunity to get a ticket into this reality to be here for the event.

Perhaps some of those you sense as not native to the planet and not here as
systems busters are here to observe, to participate, and to understand so they can
take the information back to their own systems, which are always evolving.

There are intelligent creatures who are able to manifest as humans and play the
role out to perfection; sometimes their memories are intact, and sometimes they
have the veil down.

It is not always easy for these beings to come here with full conscious memory of
who they are elsewhere because of the frequency control.

You will grow in your awareness over the next few years that you are members of
the Family of Light in disguise as humans.

Part of the planned evolution of the human species and the planned rearrangement
of the human DNA is for each person to begin to open a memory bank and
remember who they are.

In different dimensions of reality, there are, of course, different experiences and
different laws.

In 3-D, where you have been locked as a human species for so long, there is a
limitation on what you can experience. The third dimension is designed to focus
on one existing reality at a time. It is designed this way according to frequency
and nerve pulsation and the rate that frequencies adjust the nerve pulsations
within the body. You are magnetically and biogenetically tuned and designed.

The members of the Family of Light are much more than human.
Characteristically, you are supreme achievers in the multidimensional realm. One
applies for a position in the multidimensional realm as a member of the Family
of Light.

As members of the Family of Light, you have incarnated on this planet to prepare
yourselves to do your work. What is your work? Your work is quite simple: you
carry frequency into systems that have limited light frequency, because light is
information.

This is not cold, computer-data information; it is information that is transmitted
biologically through an electro­magnetic send-out of consciousness.

This is what you are experts in. Were you to have a business card printed up for
yourselves when you are in full memory of your identity, it would say something
like: "Renegade Member of Family of Light. Systems Buster. Available for
altering systems of consciousness within the free-will universe. On call."

You go for it! This is what you do. This is an aspect of your identity you all have
in common, and you are here in the millions at this time.

You are here primarily to remember who you are, to operate multidimensionally
within the system, and to teach humans -the natives in this place that have been
under frequency control for a long time- a new system.

You are disguised as humans. As soon as you begin to realize this, you will
extricate yourself from the human drama and the human dilemma of frequency
control.

Before frequency control was instituted 300,000 years ago by the raiding group of
creator gods, the native species was somewhat clever. They had a very evolved
system of receiving information and could directly receive on the planet from
space contacts.

They also had many different ways of distributing knowledge as it was received.
Distributing knowledge on the planet at this time is based on technology -
something outside of yourself. It is another clever bill of goods you were sold as a
means of control.

A long time ago, communication on this planet occurred through contact with
one another by the use of internal mechanisms, not by technology outside of
yourself.

Most humans cannot grasp that their history goes back more than a few thousand
years. You will learn, remember, and teach the planet it has a history of millions
of years.

First, you will uncover and integrate the history of the planet for the past 300,000
years so you can expand the picture of the human dilemma.

Remember, the history is all inside of you, not outside of you.

In your current technology, light-encoded filaments are being created outside of
your body in symbolic form as a representation of the transmission of intelligence
through fiber optics. The human species creates outside of itself what it must
learn is inside of itself. It is part of the mastery of light.

When the great library of yourselves was put into chaos, there was a little bit of
data left that kept the species controllable, operable, manageable, and yet
functioning on its own, performing tasks and stimulating it as a life form and
form of consciousness to produce a certain frequency: fear.

This fear has been promoted for the past 300,000 years on this planet as a
controlled substance in every version you can think of.

When a human being resonates electromagnetically and broadcasts the frequency
of fear, a transmission of consciousness is sent out. Where does that fear go?
Where do your thoughts go? Where do your emotions go?

We have already said that, collectively, consciousness forms food.

As systems busters, you have come in to eradicate the food source, or to change
the food source from one of fear and chaos. Those who are nourished by that food
source will have to either change their diet or leave this planet.

You are here to bring information, light, the comprehension there is potential for
change, and a food source that works in cooperation and resonates with light.

This is what you are about and what it is your responsibility to achieve.

We understand some of you are very puzzled about how to do this and how to
bring about this state of impeccability in your own lives.

One of the primary things we ask each of you to do from this moment forward is
to not base any of your future experiences on your past.

All of you love to drag the past in as an excuse for what might happen in the
future. You are famous for it. But you must act as though you are newly beamed
down, innocent as a babe, and ready to step forward into the circumstances of
your daily life.

As you awaken each morning and step forward each day, state with clarity what
you intend to experience that day.

When you are not doing this or cultivating the habit of doing it, then you had best
get going! It is the way reality is designed. 
 
As we have said before, the big secret that has been kept from the human species
is that thought creates experience, and thought creates reality. All reality is
created by thought.

It is all a subjective experience. But electromagnetically, you are being controlled
in such a way as to create experiences within a certain spectrum of reality.

You who are members of the Family of Light are well travelled and well attuned
to the possibility of bringing new frequencies in. You have come here to hold the
new frequencies being beamed to you from space that are setting into motion a
new pattern inside your bodies.

As you begin to know this is your purpose, you will begin to design your purpose
consciously, to get clear about what you want, and experience it, no matter what
area it is in. This is an absolute.

Each of you likes drama in your own way. You get bored when you don't have
"stuff" happening. This is why you formulated this plan - this raid. In actuality,
this reality or world was set up by entities of the Family of Light a long time ago,
before the reality was raided. As members of the Family of Light, you were the
Original Planners.

There were many rich funds of consciousness here that were free to become
attached to and to utilize. When the entities of other families you have come to
call "dark" took over this planet, they did a very good job of keeping light out.
Light is only as big as your paradigm can get at this time, but there are other
teams and kingdoms of consciousness out there as well.

For now, we will just work with light and dark. The dark team did a very good
job of keeping light out for a long time. However, that time is up!

You are renegades of light, and you decided to come back and stage another raid
of consciousness -millions of you at this time- because you knew in working with
Prime Creator's energy there was a high probability everyone would achieve a
great richness of consciousness.

As you begin to pull this light into your bodies and onto the planet, many people
who like drama may be affected. They may be pierced by light and have a
reaction, because the more light you bring the faster it will spread.

Light is definitely growing on the planet as you remember you are the native
species, working closely with the Original Planners, here to take back your world
from the raiders.


Chapter Eleven


  THE  NAME  OF  THE  GAME 


In order to survive in the times coming, it is imperative to move into the idea of
thought manifestation, or superconsciousness.

Superconsciousness is only a word to you at this time.

It is not a concept inside you yet because you cannot conceive being so in tune and
filled with so much information. Yet, as you evolve, that is what you are moving
toward.

There are those who are very aware this movement of consciousness could begin
to sweep the planet, and they are banking on it not occurring. It has already
occurred. We have come back into your past to assure you of this.

Thought comes first. Experience is always secondary. It is never the other way
around - that you have the experience and then you base the thought around it.

Always your experience is a direct reflection of what you are thinking.

Clarity and recognition of your own power are the bottom line.

Your thoughts form your world all the time. Not cafeteria style - all of the time.
Because you are bombarded with so many frequency-control vibrations that
attempt to keep you from being clear, you fluctuate.

You must, as a species, make it your intention to stay very clear, to stay centered,
and always to bring yourself into the moment.

Stop living in the future or living in the past, and always live in your now.

Say to yourself, "What do I want? I want to accelerate my personal evolution. I
want Spirit to assist me in a greater capacity. I want my body to regenerate itself.
I want to emanate health. I am willing to give up difficulty so I can be a living
example of what humanity can be."

It is this line of thinking -this commanding from your being and calling out what
you want with clarity- that brings you everything in acceleration.

Watch your patterns. When you find yourself denying you created a portion of
your experience, and you don't want to own it as your creation, simply look at it.
Say, "Isn't this interesting - I do this all the time. I don't want to own what I am
creating. When I don't like it, I blame someone else. Let me see how long I will
do this, and let me come up with a solution to develop a different pattern of
behavior."

Don't judge yourself.

Begin to say to yourself, "I will accept responsibility for all I am involved in. I
will accept responsibility for everything that happens to me. When I don't like
what is happening to me, I will begin to ask myself why I create things I don't
like. Maybe it's to get my attention about something so I can change what is
really not working for me that I cannot see."

Always act as though there is an impeccable purpose to everything you do.

Act as though your highest good and your highest opportunity involve working
through every event you are involved in.

Always act that way.

When you are walking down the street and someone says, "I've got a gun in your
back; let's have your purse," act as though you are being given an opportunity for
your highest growth. You never know what the results are going to be when you
begin to act this way. When you act as though, you act without knowing and
without expectation. This is an attitude. When you all could have this attitude and
act as though every event is designed to propel you further in your growth and
awareness, then you might turn around and find the person holding the gun in
your back is a counterpart or portion of yourself. You might be able to heal
something; you might be given an opportunity to do something you are afraid of.

Do not be afraid of what you create. Trust what you create. Trust there is always
something in it for you. Do not sweep your dramas under the rug as though they
are dirty old horrible things and you never wish to see them again. Get finished
with these dramas: stop cycling and being lost in them. However, understand the
drama you have had with your mother, brother, sister, or lover is something you
may use twenty years later to come to a whole new realization. So let these life
dramas be like a file for you. Finish them up, resolve them as best you can, create
peace, accept your part in them, and then let them cycle back through your
consciousness to teach you something.

Let them be ongoing treasures of experience for yourself rather than hackles that
you want to get past. Emotion is connected with these things, and remember,
emotion can take you into other realms of activity.

Do you believe you only create your reality in certain areas and in other areas you
are disempowered? Do you argue you have no control over some areas of your
life? Do you give up what is naturally yours because society tells you you cannot
have it?

You will find events do not come out of the blue. Some of you believe you create
your own reality but others do not create theirs - especially little babies who have
all kinds of things happen to them or children who are abused. It is a difficult
concept for many of you to grasp that seemingly helpless children or starving
people also create their own reality.

Whenever you buy into the victim mentality, you send people the idea they are
powerless and you make that probability one for yourselves.

You must learn to honor other people's dramas and lessons.

Realize the newspaper is not going to tell you about the potential for change that
exists for all those involved in a particular scenario, because newspapers do not
report and cover things in that way.

You do not understand the underlying synchronicities of events: your media
exposes only the external so-called facts and ignores the rich riverbed of
emotional significance that accompanies human dramas and lessons.

Those who are involved in dramas in which it looks like someone is a victim are
usually so out of touch with their feelings they do not connect how they feel with
what they are thinking.

Victims find victims. Victors find victors.

So, please, with any newspaper event or world drama in which it looks as though
people are hopeless victims, honor them and honor yourself by saluting they
created their own reality.

It may not be a reality you need to learn from - or anything you feel a need to
participate in. You must understand, others must go through the realms of density
to bring them to light.

Sometimes the greatest enlightenment lies in the greatest catastrophes and the
greatest difficulties.

When you go to a restaurant and order something you want, the chef prepares it
and the waiters bring it to you. You order it; however, you don't make it.
Somehow the cooks or the spiritual energy make it, yet, you select it to be put
before you. It will not be put before you unless you go into the restaurant to order
it in the first place. So you are responsible for it and you pay for it.

Life is the same way; life is like a restaurant. Learn how to order what you want
from life like you do in a restaurant and then trust that, because you ordered it, it
will be put before you.

When you go into a restaurant, you don't worry over every item and wonder
whether or not you deserve to have it. Well, sometimes you do. Sometimes you
say, "Well, I don't deserve to have that. That costs fifteen dollars. I can only have
something that costs seven dollars or less."The way you act in restaurants is a
wonderful indication of the way you act in life.

It is an incredible teaching to understand. When you go into a restaurant, do you
simply order and say, "This is what I want," and trust it is going to come to you,
or do you worry they are going to screw it up? As soon as the order is in, do you
follow the waiter into the kitchen and say, "Oh, they probably won't have the
right lettuce. They probably won't saute those onions just so, and they won't have
those kind of mushrooms I want." No. You trust it will be presented to you
exactly the way you want it and you let it go.

When it is presented to you, you say, "Thank you." When it is not quite right, you
ask for what is needed and then you proceed.

Look at the divine nonchalance you have when you order things in a restaurant.
That is how you order up life. Get clear on what you want, order it and be done
with it. Don't keep calling up Spirit to see whether they got the order, or give
advice on how to fill it. You ordered it. Trust it will come.

You are a result of your thoughts. When there is nothing else you learn on this
planet, you will learn this is the rule in this reality and the rule of many other
realities. Thought creates experience.

Why not give yourself a gift and begin to think of yourself in a capacity that is
exceptional, magnificent, and uplifting; free yourselves from the need to have the
rest of society agree with you.

Validate yourselves.

For some of you, this is very difficult. How do you validate yourself when you
are in the habit of not doing it? Your words are either empowering or
disempowering. We want you to have the courage to live your light, so we want
to emphasize to you and convince you in whatever way possible your thoughts
formulate your world.

Eliminate the words "should" and "trying" from your vocabulary.

Were you to pay money every time you say these words, you would be in great
debt. You are in a great debt of disempowerment or impotence.

"Should" implies you are operating under someone else's sovereignty.

We would like to remind you that you are sovereign unto yourself.

When someone is "trying" to put out a newsletter or "trying" to change their
patterns, they can "try" for the rest of their life. "Trying" is not doing. Whenever
you use the word "trying," you will not accomplish anything because "trying" is
an excuse: "I tried to do it. I tried. I tried."

In your own life, use the words "I am creating," "I am doing," "I am manifesting,"
"I am intending," and "I am bringing about." Forget "I am trying."

When you become a doer and are able to manifest what you want in life, you set
yourself up as a mirror for many people.

There has been a belief there is a limited amount of everything and only one
person or the other can be a doer or manifester. When you begin to show that you
can bend the laws they want and they can't get it unless you don't have it. When
you put yourself behind others and are afraid of having what others do not have
because you think there is not enough, you do not understand that as you allow
the divine principles to work in your body and anchor themselves upon the planet
you become a living example of light.

You allow the underlying purpose of light to move through your vehicle and you
become a living example of what others can do.

This is the high vibration we intend to teach all of you. We want you to
understand there is no limitation.

There is no limitation on the entire planet. Each person on the whole planet can
operate in cooperation and in a uniqueness of being. Whatever gifts of spirit and
materiality come your way, don't think you are more lucky than others. Instead,
simply understand you are able to get the divine principles to work in your
physical body and you can show others how. You can say, "Listen, it works. I have
been able to do it. You can do it as well."

We spend hours teaching people about not being afraid to manifest. Each of you is
frightened because you grew up with an ethic which says, "Only when you work
for something is it of any value. When you do not put in hard work, you cannot
get things." It is imperative for all of you to look at this idea of hard work and
where it came from. Look at your parents and the belief systems they have had.

We are talking about birthing a consciousness that represents the new human
species who learn how to do things effortlessly.

When something is not being done effortlessly, then forget it. When it looks like
it is too much work, something is telling you it is not the way. Only when
something comes together effortlessly and simply fits, with no one doing too
much to it, is it right.

When you all begin to live like this, you will completely change how the species
of consciousness approaches life. It is not irresponsible or a cop-out - it is a new
way of carrying bricks from one place to another.

One time we talked about a big pile of bricks with a group of people and asked
them, "How do you move the bricks?" They all said, "Well, you pick them up one
by one." And we said, "No one ever thought of hiring someone else to do it?"

When your assignment is moving bricks from here to there, how are you going to
do it? Your first answer may be, "Well, I will move them. I'll pick them up."
However, you could go call someone up and say, "Move these bricks for me."
When you do that, you are still doing the assignment. You are doing what needs
to be done. Do you think we are going to chastise you would you not do it
yourself? No. You are still getting the job done. You see the difference?

Money seems to be an issue with everyone. You all have very definitive beliefs
about how money comes to you. The more you believe you must work hard for
money, the harder you are going to have to work. Many of you believe it is quite
normal to work hard for money, and that when you don't work hard for money
then it is "dirty."

Let us ask you to remember the word effortless and incorporate it into your
vocabulary.

Say to yourself, "I am effortlessly intending this come about."

To be effortless is to command to reality to bring itself to you in a way that gives
room for plenty of energy to be expended in other experimentation.
Remember, your reality is a result of your thoughts. When you believe things are
hard, what are you creating?

Many of you have spent lifetimes honoring and respecting family members or
people of society who you believe are uplifting citizens and represent to you a
certain work ethic and value system. You have not thought to question this work
ethic or to see whether there is any other way. So you believe in order to get
money you must expend a great amount of energy, or you must be employed by
someone who is going to give it to you, or whatever. These ideas are completely
and totally erroneous.

We cannot emphasize that enough.

When you are allowing, Spirit will compensate you in a variety of unexpected
ways. The only reason this has not happened before is you just haven't believed it
was possible.

When you believe things are possible, reality changes.

State of mind is the name of the game here.

We cannot emphasize that to you enough: how you feel about reality and how you
program reality is how you are going to respond to it or how it is going to present
itself to you. That is why we say, "Go for it! Be outrageous! Do what excites you!
Do the impossible!" You can do it. You can do whatever you want to do.

You will transform your world no matter what state the world is in.

Remember, when you learn the rules of the game - that you are a result of
thought, and this is a law within your universe - all you need do is think of how
you want to be, and so you shall be.

Once you figure this out, you can design your body, you can design your age, and
you can fix everything about yourself, because you will be self-motivated,
self-empowered, and self-generated.


Chapter Twelve


  IT'S  AN  AWESOME  TASK  TO  CARRY  LIGHT 


It is time for all of you to redefine your own identities in a much greater sense.

Events are transpiring in the cosmos that you and even many of your political
leaders have no idea of. You must stop this foolishness about your definitions of
gods, ­ thinking there are beings who come from the skies to this planet with
special talents and abilities and that they are all spiritually connected. You are
going to discover as a species some very disturbing ideas over the next number of
years.

We are preparing you by decree of the Family of Light so you can understand and
be informed about your own options.

We have stressed with you this idea of multidimensionality - the concept that you
can be in many places and can shift your consciousness.

We have shared with you the idea there will be a number of worlds created out of
this Earth.

At one time or another, you will come to doubt everything we have shared with
you. Your system will be shocked, and you will not want to believe the extent to
which you have been uninformed, so you will deny the validity of our
information for a time.

We can only offer you information based upon your own acceleration. You must
evolve yourselves and have your wits about you to ask for information because
there is a divine law concerning interference. There are many who have broken
that law and interfered with Earth: even those in our own ancestral realm have
done so. We have said to you often enough that this is a free-will universe and a
free-will zone so that, of course, the underlying theme is that all is allowed.

Therefore, there are always those who wish to be the lords and masters and
authorities over others. You have been too simplistic about how many beings
control others here.

The Family of Light has been noted for its penchant or predilection for creating
societies in which there is a tremendous movement in all directions along the
light rays. What does this mean? Light is information, so the Family of Light is
the family of information.

There are consciousnesses -families of war- that spend perhaps billions of years in
your conception of time studying, promoting, and experiencing control over
consciousness. In a universe that exists outside of the limitation of time, all
scenarios within a free-will zone get played out.

This is a time for you to radically change your views about yourselves and to
break down boundaries.

It is time for you to rise out of the pettiness of day-to-day dramas and events and
begin to connect on a cosmic level with the higher drama that is occurring.

In this way, you can be better informed about your own intentions, purposes, and
drama.

You must be able to understand both your identity and your ability to ride your
identity into any world you choose.

This story of the Family of Light, or "The Return of the White T-Shirts," as we
like to call it, is who you are. You have committed to do a certain task, to be on
assignment, and to remember and fulfill what you came here to do.

We have told you your worlds and your identity within them are going to change
drastically, and you are coming closer to those times. You have had changes,
many of you. When you look back to see who you were one year ago, ideally each
of you will see you are now much more empowered.

Ideally, each of you is beginning to feel you do, in every instant, create your own
reality, and every situation you experience, whether you are employed or
unemployed, is by your own design.

At this time, ideally each and every one of you has the art of manifestation down,
because it is now time for you to pull the cosmic gridwork of information into
your body and plug it into your psyche so you can become a broadcaster of this
data upon the planet.

This is the gridwork that is fired by the light-encoded filaments outside of your
body.

You must become much more discerning about what and who is coming from the
skies, because you are going to be duped and tricked and are not going to
understand it.

We see this because we ourselves know how easy it is to dupe and trick you.
Sometimes we do it to you to move you along. We told you we have already been
very tricky with you. This was necessary, because would we have told you the
whole story, many of you would have turned tail and run a long time ago.

Ideally, we have instilled confidence in you. We have also instilled in you a new
codicil of information so you can take the basic building block of this system -the
concept you create yourselves, that you create your reality by your thoughts- and
formulate a world designed by the Family of Light.

In this way, a plan and new gridwork can overlay a portion of this Earth so a
completely new probability can burst forward.

Without you and the new probability you are bringing, there is potential for a
great cosmic war here upon Earth at some time.

Reach out with your feeling center and feel the confusion that is spreading around
this world about what is going on. This planet has operated on a very low
frequency, a frequency based on survival, and a frequency based on
disempowerment.

Your identity has been based on what you could gather outside of yourself.

The twelve helixes will render irrelevant everything that has represented and
surrounded the two helixes. All the money saved and property owned -all the
security based on the first two helixes which provides you with identity- is
completely irrelevant to the evolution of the planet.

Feel the fear and uncertainty running through the lives of humans as they begin to
realize the way their lives have been defined is now crumbling.

Realize light is the culprit of this crumbling and you, as members of the Family
of Light and Keepers of Frequency, are causing this crumbling to take place
because you carry the electromagnetic charge onto the planet that broadcasts the
new frequency.

You help create this chaos of new consciousness.

Think back over your own lives for the last year or two and realize there have
been times when you yourselves have been in an incredible chaos of
consciousness. You have been in a chaos of decisions about who you are, where
you want to live, who you want to mate with, whether you want to stay mated or
not, whether you want to have a child or not, whether you want to continue to be
a parent, and many other things.

Reach your minds out into your communities and feel how the foundation people
have based their lives on is slowly slipping away to rubble. The global grasp of
reality is going, going, gone.

The foundation is sliding away, and there are those who cannot see the slide at
this time. The most significant reason for this slide is that there is new
information accessible that makes the old information archaic and decrepit, and
you are responsible for this.

So you are responsible to a certain extent for evolving yourselves through this and
for being your own forms of inspiration - for being living examples for others.

You take a very active role. There are many who say, "Oh, no, here comes the
light!" because light is known to alter every vibrational frequency it encounters.
Light carries information, and information expands systems so old systems can no
longer exist.

So, as light moves to destroy, it also births new systems by what it leaves behind.
A new order is formed.

Some of you find it difficult to think of yourselves as destroyers because you have
a belief system about destruction. It is a paradigm, and when you get stuck in that
vibration and do not smash those ideas, you will become very confined and
restricted in experiencing reality.

Yes, you are definitely destroyers. You destroy systems where the dark team and
ignorance prevail.

Light goes in to destroy all systems, and the experience of destruction is relative
to how strong or with what fervor consciousness clings to what is being
destroyed.

Who's going to bail you out when the going gets rough? Where is the rescue
team? You are it.

In order to have this transformation take place, you must use what you have to
bring it about.

There is incredible assistance from all kinds of realms; however, it all depends on
you, not us. You are going to change the frequency simply by commitment,
determination, and will­power.

Discover what you are in your physical body because it is your outreach of power
here.

Learn to direct and use it and become one with it.

By carrying light inside your body, you bring that frequency onto the planet, and
that frequency has information. The frequency of light contains the history of
your identity and the history of your particular consciousness.

As we have said, that consciousness was scattered from your database or cellular
structure because those who came in to be your gods could not control you when
you had the same abilities they did.

So they did the biogenetic experimentation and mutation that has been called "the
Fall." That was when the ignorance of the human species became more
predominant.

They performed many different experimentations, which went on for a very long
period of time.

Light represents the putting together of what has been asunder, and to perform
that task all you have to do is be. As you simply are, and as you evolve yourself
and let your own personal life evolve, truly you are to take forgranted that all the
other members of light are evolving as you are.

You send your telepathic broadcast out that your presence is here, much as we
always say to you, "We are here." We are also members of the Family of Light,
and we bring information with us and broadcast it everywhere.

There is a need for each of you to examine the boundaries you have set around
yourself.

You believe you have evolved, that you have a large picture, and you see many
things. And, relative to where you have journeyed from, indeed you have made
progress. However, we guarantee you that you are not seeing the boundaries you
presently set for yourself, which still define what you believe you can and cannot
do.

They are what tethers you to this version or frequency of reality.

These boundaries you set, advertise, and announce about yourselves, keep you
from moving with the information that is awakening inside you. The information
is part of the spiritual upliftment. Different layers of reality are removed so you
become more in tune with the realms of spirit.

That is what spiritual advancement is.

We want you to give up boundaries. Stop defining and protecting every aspect of
your lives.

It is an awesome task to carry light. Once you allow light to come into your body,
you begin the process of change - which is not always joyous, uplifting, and fun
filled, as some of you have discovered. In this process, when things are not so fun
filled, the first thing you may do to keep yourself from evolving and changing is
to respond to emotional events with fear. You may blame someone else, whine
and complain, and may feel and believe someone else did something to you.

The rest of the planet believes this, but they are not members of the Family of
Light.

There are millions of members of the Family of Light here, of course, and light is
returning to this planet where the Dark T-Shirts were in charge for a very long
time. The Dark T-Shirts have fed off your emotions of fear and negativity and
war and greed; because this is a free-will universe, all of this has been allowed.
Prime Creator is the dark team as well as the Family of Light. Prime Creator is
all things.

We teach you in stories. Someday, perhaps, you will see through the stories we
tell. You will not need them any longer, and you will be able to smash paradigms
and come into a knowing of larger realities.

Until that day, we speak to you in stories so we can hold your interest and entice
you into areas you are petrified to go - areas where you have committed in the
deepest portion of your soul to journey.

In a short period of time there will be a great need to realize which people are
really Keepers of Frequency and which are just talking about it.

The Keepers of Frequency are going to be called upon to create a certain stability
upon this planet, for they know 100 percent of the time they create their reality.
They learn how to defy the laws of humanity by conscious direction of their
awareness and energy. That is the depth of impeccability and commitment we are
speaking of.

We are not here to bandy words or get you to feel good about yourself. We are
here to remind you who you are and what you have agreed to do -what you have
come here to achieve on this planet. We are here to be your cheerleaders and
encourage you to remember - to give some guidance and assistance so you can
discover for yourselves the miracle that awaits inside the human body.

The way you can best operate at this time is to be keepers of your own frequency
and not go around "saving" everyone else. Do everything in your power to keep
yourself consistently aware and understanding of what is going on.

Be consistent with the frequency of light that brings you information, and with
the frequency of love, which is the frequency of creation.

As the food source is taken away from the creator gods and the frequency barrier
is pierced, Earth's gridwork will change. In actuality, Earth is going through an
initiation.

Earth cares about all of its inhabitants and is evolving as its inhabitants are
evolving into an existence in which greater possibilities will be everyday
occurrences - in which miracles can become the way of life because they will
exist within the frequency that will become available.

Each of you assists in making that frequency alive on this planet by living your
life according to light and according to what you know.

This is work of an individual nature.

You may work in groups and have certain leaders, but you must, as individuals,
evolve yourselves. As you do so, and as you are led by your light to live a certain
way, you will begin to feel excited.

You do not have to work with us or with anyone continuously to gather
information. The only continuity needed is for you to continuously work with
yourself and seek the meaning of what we call the exalted self. Feel what the
exalted self means: ­it is triumphant, liberated, joyous in achievement, and the
highest in attainment.

This planet is in desperate need of committed entities who are in search of the
exalted self. The continuity we have been speaking of - that it will behoove you to
bring into your lives ­ involves knowing from moment to moment inside your
beings that you are committed to discovering this exaltation.

This exaltation can be translated in words as a frequency, or wave of feeling, or
vibration.

You all understand vibration in terms of light and sound. Vibrations are ongoing -
they carry and transmit forms of intelligence.

When you look to yourself and do not forget you are on this path - and
continuously remind yourself you are pulling light into your body and seeking to
raise the frequency of your physical being, defy the laws of humanity, and alter
the frequency of the planet - you are producing a kind of continuity that can do
more than all the books and tapes in the world.

There is nothing stronger than your commitment to the exalted self. Once you
commit yourself to the energy of light, the energy of exaltation, and uplifted
frequency, you are marked. Then you must live according to what these energies
put before you as you call for your task to be accelerated.

First and foremost, live your light.

Live that light inside of yourself with courage.

Don't live in the closet - live it. Speak what you know without getting up on a
soap box and waving your hands around like a fanatic. Simply state, "This is what
I believe. This is what I live."

For example, someone may say to you, "Careful, you might catch a cold." You can
say in return, "I don't believe in catching colds. I don't use my body for sickness."

By saying things like this, you bring others to awakening.

Speak what you know in casual conversation with family and friends.

Wherever you are, use the pillar of light. We recommend each of you visualize a
pillar of light coming in through the top of your head, opening your crown, and
filling your body with light. Picture this cosmic pillar of light coming from the
higher cosmos, filling you, and then coming out your solar plexus and making a
ball of light around your body so you exist within a glowing etheric egg.
  
When you love yourself and Earth, and you know you are here to redefine,
redesign, and break the boundaries of humanity, you broadcast this. You live your
life committed to this. When you ask us how much time you need to devote to
this, we will say, "It is very simple: all of your time." All of it. It is not
something you worry about, it is something you simply are. You live it - it is
your divinity.

You will find when you live your light, you will draw to yourself others who are
very interested in living their lives in the same manner, and your numbers will
grow and grow.

When you make the commitment to say, "Spirit, I am wishing to be employed by
you. Put me to work and show me what I can do. Give me the opportunity to live
my light, speak my truth, and carry this light around the globe," then Spirit will
put you to work.

Be clear on what you are available for and make a contract with Spirit. Tell Spirit
what you want for compensation. Spirit will allow you to negotiate and write
whatever contract you want as long as you are operating in a capacity of service
to yourself to uplift your vibration.

When you are in service to yourself and are committed to personally evolving
and changing, you uplift everyone around you. That is service. Service is not
going out and martyring yourself and saying, "I'm going to save you." Service is
doing the work yourself and living in such a way that everyone you touch is
affected by your journey.

There is nothing wrong with getting a little feisty with Spirit and saving, "Listen
guys, I've had it. I've been asking and I'm willing to do it. Please, I want
acceleration." When you want an acceleration, be clear, be very prepared to take
off, and be open to reading the symbols as they come to you. When a book falls
off a shelf, read it. When an opportunity comes for you to go somewhere, don't
say, "I'm sorry - I can't afford it." Do it. When a person is put in your path, and
you have been saying you want a relationship, but the person has the wrong
packaging, do it.

You are operating in no sense, and perhaps these things are Spirit's way of
bringing you pattern breakers. When you are clear and you communicate in every
situation, you can make a lot of progress.

You all think too much about how things are going to come about and what the
packaging is going to look like.

This is important to realize.

So when you ask for an acceleration, be prepared to take chances that the logical
mind may scream about. The logical mind is going to kick and fuss over some of
these things because it will be afraid. As soon as you hear yourself say "I can't do
that" or "That doesn't make any sense," listen. These are key words. Simply say, "I
am divinely guided. I am intending an acceleration. I am intending I work
through an uplifting capacity, and I will take a chance on this. This feels right
even though it makes no sense, so I will go for it."

However, when it doesn't feel good and it doesn't make any sense, then don't do
it. Trust your feelings.

There is a culling going on - a culling of the chosen. What does it mean to be
called "the chosen?" Those who gather when we speak and those who hear the
sound of their internal song are the chosen.

Just because you are the chosen does not mean you are automatically going to rise
in the ranks and perform the duty that needs to be performed. Who chose you?
You chose yourselves. You are not members of an exclusive club - and yet, on the
other hand, you are. The membership in this club is voluntary, and all of you
decided who you would be and why you would come here.

We cannot emphasize enough that courage is going to become the middle name
for each and every one of you.
   
Many of you have lives that are in the closet. You are not willing to let everyone
know what your intimate beliefs are. You may feel very safe in a room discussing
a variety of subjects, some of them very far out, yet, in your workplace or with
your family or whatever, you put a zipper across your mouth and will not give
yourself permission to speak your truth.

There are a multitude of people whose codings are waiting to hear your voice. So
you, the chosen, are being culled at this time. You are being sorted out for
courage. When you cannot gather courage now, we are not too certain you are
going to gather courage later on.

You each came to this planet to do a task, and that task is at hand. It is now.

The decade of change is upon you, and as you integrate and realize what this
change means, it will alter each and every one of your lives.

The change means giving up many things, coming apart from many things, and
coming together with other things because you will trust.

Trust is the word all of you would love to have as your middle name, and yet
trust is something you all say you don't have.

What does it mean to trust? It means to have such inner knowing your thoughts
create your world - to simply be quite certain, with divine nonchalance and inner
knowing, that when you think something, it is.

It is this theme over and over again we are attempting to present to you, in every
capacity and every means of expression, so one of these days you will get it.

Once you get it and begin to live it, you will begin to change your lives.

We keep emphasizing the time to get moving is now. It is not necessarily that
you have run out of time. It is that time is beginning to squeeze itself in upon you,
and when you do not act, things can move into discomfort.

As we said, there is a culling of the chosen.

You have chosen yourselves; therefore, when you do not move into the work of
the blueprint you have designed for yourselves, to a certain extent you will run
out of time.

You have a few more years before things will be so topsy-turvy and hectic that
would you to not be living your life in the true eminence of light you have
volunteered to, it could be too late. 

In other words, when you procrastinate and procrastinate, you will be washed
into the undertow of the tidal wave as it comes - perhaps literally.

No matter what the endeavor in which you are being led to participate, it is part
of your blueprint and plan so you can evolve. And by evolving, you affect the
evolution of the planet. Everything you do is for your evolution. As you come
into comprehension of who humans are and what this place is, you begin to open
new pathways for others. You will find events you never imagined will somehow
be put together before you. These will be things beyond your comprehension ­
"setups," as we like to call them, or opportunities you never thought of. This is
when you will know you are living your light and doing so with courage.

There is a good possibility light carriers will come into question in the next few
years. Understand this is part of the plan. All of you must have a clear intention as
to how you would like your reality to be designed. This does not mean you are
not flexible; it means you operate with clarity. You say, "To my guides and all
those who are assisting me in my evolutionary journey on Earth: It is my
intention I be successful. It is my intention I be always safe in all things I do. It is
my intention I receive love and give love in all things I do. It is my intention I
have a good time and I be provided for with prosperity according to my needs. It
is my intention that I not become overly enamored of the material world."

Though you must do your own work to evolve, there are many off-planetary and
nonphysical beings ready to work with you. All you need do is call them for
assistance.

When you do, always state clearly that any assistance come to you from light.
Stay in your integrity and be aware.

On this planet, it is assumed that when someone is intelligent they are spiritually
aware. This is absolutely a falsehood! Someone can be brilliant and learn to
transcend human laws and yet still not operate with the frequency of light or the
frequency of love. Be aware of this and be clear about the assistance you call to
yourself.

We have mentioned many times that light frequency brings information. Love
frequency brings creation as well as respect for and connection to all of creation.

Love frequency without light frequency can be very crippling. When you think
that love frequency comes from something outside yourself instead of from inside
yourself, you will do what has been done on this planet over and over again:
worship someone who is promoting love frequency as though they were a saint.

The ideal is to carry the light frequency of information -to become informed- and
to couple it with love frequency. This will allow you to feel a part of creation and
to not judge it or be frightened by it but simply see the divinity and perfection of
it as it evolves to teach every included consciousness about itself.


Chapter Thirteen


  WHOSE  PURPOSE  ARE  YOU?  


We said you exist for a purpose. Whose purpose? Did you ever think of that one?
Whose purpose are you? You have purpose because all aspects of consciousness
are connected to one another. None exist outside the system; they are all parts of
the whole.

That is the purpose we want you to seek. The essence of the vehicle you occupy
and the energy you generate are part of a developmental sequence you can say has
a purpose for your personal search in life.

But what purpose do you add to the whole? Can you conceive of someone else
using your purpose and growing from it? An energy that you do not know exists?

This universe is interlocked in such a way it is based on the domino system. All
aspects of consciousness have gathered in this universe to affect each other
because that is the only way consciousness in this particular system can
experience itself.

In another system or another universal structure, each and every type of
consciousness may be completely free. In other words, you could be on your own
and serve no purpose to anyone else.

That is not true in this universe.

There are many different universes and themes. Just like one hundred pennies
make a dollar, certain collections of universes make something that is a collection
of energies.

Eventually, you will begin to fathom and recognize there are whole systems of
existence that have nothing to do with existence as you are working with it.

This system is designed as a free-will zone, within which everything is
interlocking and interworking with everything else.

There are other kinds of zones, which perhaps you could also call free-will zones,
where everything is independent of everything else.

Here on Earth, everything is interlocked with everything else.

There is much more space in a system in which everything is independent. Or, let
us say, there is much more awareness of space, not necessarily space. That kind of
universe could in actuality be much smaller than this universe, but because it is
not operating out of density, the awareness of space could be greater.

Your purpose is to carry information and, by carrying it, make the information
accessible to others by frequency.

When we share a story with you, you end up carrying information. Information is
light; light is information. The more you become informed, the more you alter
your frequency. You are electromagnetic creatures, and everything you are, you
broadcast to everyone else.

Just as you can recognize someone in fear, you can recognize someone in joy
when you begin to learn how to use your body to tune into this kind of
recognition.

Your assignment is to carry information and evolve yourself to the highest
capability within the human form. When you do this, you cannot help but affect
multitudes.

You may feel your particular occupation is not on a grand scale; say, for instance,
you are a waitress. Remember, things are not what they appear to be on the
outside, and everyone you come in contact with is affected by your vibration.
Some of you may be left in very menial or mundane jobs for a while, or you may
be led simply to be parents and guardians of your children, or you may do work
you feel is not exactly on the road to high glory. Yet you will have a certain time
period in which you must assimilate all this information that is indeed radical.
You must fit it into your life, and you must fit it into the history of your world by
living it, perceiving it, and getting used to it.

Once you can consistently maintain a frequency of information and not be riding
the roller coaster of emotions up and down because you don't know who you are,
you will be given a task.

It will be put before you, and will be part of your blueprint. Your blueprint is
your own personal detailed plan or outline of action for this lifetime.

Many of you already know your blueprint and what you will be guided to. Each
of you know your plan in the deepest portion of your being. What gets in the way
of your knowing is logically thinking you don't have the talent for your plan or
that you can't do it.

When you go into a meditative state, you will receive a picture of your identity
and reality and the next step of your assignment day by day. Meditation is a state
of communication; it is not a way to go somewhere to get lost. Meditation is a
way to get informed and to go to a place that nourishes you.

You will move into your purpose and, more than likely, it will have to do with
facilitating the frequency: transducing it, stepping it down to others, explaining it,
using it to heal others, and stabilizing it for the human race.

When each of you can hold a frequency of information without freaking out and
can be counted upon to be consistent, then you anchor the frequency on the planet.

That frequency is recognized. It cannot be traced, exactly, but it can be
recognized, and it is being recognized now. That is why there has been a frenzied
step-up to alter that frequency.

You will see more frequency control everywhere you look, only now you will be
able to recognize it for what it is.

You will find that all the things in your life have prepared you step by step for
what you will be doing. At one time, perhaps, you were a Boy Scout leader and
learned how to work with young boys. Maybe at another time you worked in a
restaurant and learned how to work with food and to serve. Through your jobs,
you created certain aspects of reality so that later on, when you must teach these
systems how to go beyond themselves, you have an idea where these humans are
coming from.

We speak to you as though you are not human because, to us, you are not. To us,
you are members of the Family of Light, and we know your multidimensional
selves. We speak to you about dealing with humans because it is your assignment
to integrate with them, soothe them, and awaken a spark of light within them so
that they are not all destroyed and so this place can house a new species and a new
realm of activity.

We have talked many times about the evolving DNA and frequency modulation
that has kept the species and the experiment controllable and manageable.

You have been hired and are on assignment from the future to catapult back into
this cycle of existence to incarnate many times so you can understand what has
kept humans controlled.

In this way, you can operate from the inside and change the system.

When you are in a battle with your logical mind, you are experiencing a conflict
between the portion of yourself that is human, which has bought the story, and a
portion of yourself that is Family of Light, which has not bought the story and is
learning about the bigger picture.

Begin to realize the portion of yourself that operates out of logic is teaching you
something. It is giving you first-hand experience of how most of the population
operates and first­hand knowledge of what you are going to have to work around
to reach others.

Would it be quite easy for you to move into intuition and operate there
completely out of trust, and when you did not have this duality of understanding
with the logical mind, in the long run you would become very impatient with the
rest of humanity. Were it so easy for you, how could you possibly understand
how difficult it is for others?

Humans have been controlled by frequency for a long time. They are so used to
this frequency control and the logical mind has been so overly developed in
recent times that there is much suspicion and fear - a dark place of self that is so
controlled that people are frightened to even go into it and trust they could
possibly receive information on their own.

When you think of the entities who have modulated the way humans broadcast
themselves by rearranging their DNA and instituting various scenarios and events
upon this planet - and then funneling the results of this psychic energy through
different portals out into space for their own reasons - you can see what you are
battling.

There are those who want you and the whole planet to function in no other way
but through logic - a very fearful logic. The best advice we can offer you at this
time is to use that logic. Say, "I will be in logic here for a moment and see what
my logical mind is doing. It is wanting to take over. It has been told that this is
how it is. I have also been told that this other stuff is true too. I will simply
observe how I waiver between one and the other. Am I angry? Am I insecure?
What brings me upliftment? What brings me security? What does each mode of
thinking do for me? What am I perceiving about myself? How am I feeling?"

Observe and acknowledge all of this. Then say, "Now that I've given everyone a
chance to be on stage, what do I want?" Reaffirm what you want, and you know
you want to evolve.

Do you see how cycling back through doubt is in actuality part of the Divine
Plan? It is part of understanding what others who will be following in your
footsteps will go through. You must learn to open your compassion center or
heart center, which is probably one of the most difficult things to do. Learn to feel
compassion for yourself and for everyone else, as you all have the courage to let
go and feel.

It is very important to observe how you deal with events. Different events are
brought to you so you can observe them. Learn to observe your behavior and 
spend much more time alone even when sometimes it is difficult for you and you
feel lonely. In the long run, you will thank us for directing you to have a more
meaningful encounter with yourself.

You hold the richness and ripeness that can bring you into higher realization.
There is an order you operate within that part of yourself cannot see. Sometimes
when part of yourself is operating without vision or seeing, events occur to get
you back on track. Be aware that, in this new chaos of consciousness,  confusion,
and shifting of uncertainty, there is a divine order.

This could be compared to baking a cake. Each ingredient in the recipe is of itself
an integral whole and has its own sense of structure: the eggs, the flour, the
butter, the sugar. When you begin to put them all together, it looks as though you
are making chaos. Someone could say, "You are wrecking everything. You
wrecked that egg. Where did the sugar go? You are wrecking all of the essential
elements here." They don't understand, perhaps, the magic of the catalytic
formula of heat.

There is a catalytic energy present at this time on the planet as all of the
individual structures begin to melt and merge to create what looks like chaos.
There will be something new born out of this, just like a cake is born out of the
chaos of mixing together certain ingredients. Someone who does not understand
after you mix cake batter, you put it in the oven to bake it, could look at the
goopy batter and think they made nothing.

Many people on the planet will not recognize there is a higher order behind the
chaos - there is a recipe being followed. Each of you has a specific assignment
within this recipe. Of course, you have free will to determine how you will
follow the recipe and be an ingredient of it. This free will allows you to decide
the specifics of how you would like your life to be designed, although you must
live out your blueprint.

Whether you choose to do this with difficulty or with ease, in poverty or in
richness, is up to you. It all depends on where you have been convinced to put
your boundaries.

What can we say to convince you to take all your boundaries down - to stop
limiting what you believe can be yours? When there is anything we wish to
achieve, it is to have each of you boundless and free, knowing that every thought
you entertain somehow determines your experience. Could we to get you to live
100 percent of the time according to what you want, we would feel this has been a
most successful year.

We are going to ask each of you to make that commitment and live a cleaner
more impeccable life. We ask you to accept responsibility in areas you have not
even thought of accepting responsibility.

We want you each to act as though you know what is going on. Act as though you
are divinely guided in every choice you make, and begin to believe you are
always at the right place at the right time. Say to yourself, "I am in divine
guidance. I am always at the right place at the right time. Everything I do is
orchestrated for my higher growth, my higher consciousness, and my higher
evolution." We want you to operate in that way all the time now. Be living
Keepers of Frequency.

When light is brought into your body, it fires your light-encoded filaments and
helps rebundle the DNA, creating a frequency change. Frequency is what you
know. Frequency is your identity.

There have been periods when many different dimensions have existed upon this
planet at the same time. In the last thousand years, there has been a receding of
the many different dimensions as great chaos and darkness have come over the
population. These dimensions or other realities or places where the laws of
existence are a bit different are returning.

You help them return by pulling the dimensions onto this planet and creating
what is called a dimensional merge. Sometimes you move into these dimensions
and do not recognize you are in them.

You enter an altered state, particularly when you go to a sacred site on Earth. You
move into a different dimensional frequency and everything changes. You feel
uplifted and full of energy, or sick to your stomach. Something goes on when you
move into an altered state.

Since you are in the altered state, you do not always know you are in it. That is
the beginning of the dimensional merge. When you return home from a sacred
site, you may look back and say, "Wow, what happened there?" That is the feeling
of experiencing different dimensions.

Dimensional collisions are another story. Those who are gripped with fear and
refuse to change, even though their purpose is to be on the planet at this time to
change, will experience the dimensions as collisions. The dimensional merge for
them will be like a solid wall of cement hitting another solid wall of cement.
Great discomfort will occur on this planet for many.

This is already occurring on a very small scale as discomfort in the nervous
system. People may develop disease of the nervous system simply because of their
refusal to evolve and change their stand about themselves and their reality.

All of you who are working with other humans, whether you are medical people,
bodyworkers, teachers, musicians, or whatever, understand that this is the human
dilemma: the need to drift entire definition of self and reality.

Use your will and mind to decide how you would like reality to construct itself.
By doing this, you will eventually discover there is a higher will and a higher
plan, and you will ride your consciousness to it and discover the divine path. This
divine path has in mind the evolution of consciousness.

You, as a human species, have believed for eons what others have told you about
yourselves. As we have said, there has been a purpose to this: others have wanted
to control you. Strive as you would for attainment, it was difficult on the planet
because the DNA was scattered and closed down, so no matter what you wanted,
the vibrational connections were not available.

Now that the vibrational connections are coming onto the planet, the Divine Plan
-which you can think of as a grid or blueprint- is coming closer to Earth, and the
dimensions are going to meet eventually.

When they are going to meet is up to you. The Divine Plan is not scheduled to
come here on a specific date; it depends on how quickly humans can meet the
needs and master themselves.

What does it mean to master yourself? In order to understand the Divine Plan and
move into the blueprint, you must look at yourself. You must be able to master
who you are.

There are many things in your society for which you must master a test in order
to say, "Yes, I qualify. I have mastered these rules, and I utilize them and put them
to my will." For example, you must master how to drive a car to get a license.

How many of you can master your bodies and use them with your will? Very few.

Why? Because no one told you it was possible. We are here to remind you of a
number of things.

Earth at this time is a very difficult place to be, simply because those who are
coded to bring the changes onto the planet are coded to teach themselves.

You see, the problem on this planet, over and over again, has been the gods. One
god after another. Who have the gods been? The gods created you. You are their
project. You are dear to them. However, some of them you are not very dear to
because they do not understand emotion and feelings. And some of them are
enamored of different realities than you are.

Consciousness is allowed its expression, and you have been allowed your
expression within limitation by those who have been governing you. From your
point of view, you have never let them govern you and you have no idea that they
exist.

They bring dramas onto this planet in the guise of what you call religion,
leadership, or, sometimes, inspiration. Events, even though they are orchestrated
to achieve certain things, sometimes gather those who hang on, and many other
probabilities come out other than what was intended.

We want to communicate to you that there is a drastic change going on. We
cannot emphasize this enough. Earth is in for a big shake-up. The shake-up
involves humanity processing and conceiving of data that is totally out of the
current paradigm.

This means your nervous system will be assaulted with data and must be able to
unlock itself from how it believes it controls or perceives reality.

The task for you members of the Family of Light who have desired to take this
information inside of yourselves is to anchor a new frequency on the planet by
anchoring it impeccably inside yourselves.

This is not easy. It was not meant to be easy. You did not come here to have an
easy assignment. You are renegades, and you have been renegades. Could we to
give each of you a minute's worth of your multidimensional memories, you
would know what we are talking about. You would know in the deepest portion
of your being that time and time again, in different guises and different
collections of form, you have gone where change needed to be anchored. You
have gone rnany times, busted the paradigms, liberated yourselves, and moved
beyond where you thought your identity was.

This is the Divine Plan: merging the self.

The Divine Plan has many ramifications and brings together many kinds of
forces. You have heard us talk about the forces of light and the forces of darkness.
We have nicknamed them the "White T-Shirts" and the "Dark T-Shirts" to make
the situation neutral and have you know it is a game. We also want you to know 
there is a grave seriousness to the game and that in and around and above the
game is the Divine Plan.

The Divine Plan can be anchored as a vibration into certain human bodies that are
coded for this and that came here to carry this frequency. Then you can rise to
your own blueprint of impeccability.

When your own life rises to a position where you do not even recognize it as your
life, you allow the energy of the nonphysical realms to use you as a conduit - to
merge the dimensions and liberate consciousness into a new way of perceiving.

Even though there is death and destruction coming to your world, remember that
death and destruction come in the autumn every year on this planet. The flowers
and leaves on the trees are killed by the frost; things wither and die. Perhaps
someone who lives where it is always summer would be very disturbed when
they saw autumn for the first time. They would think, "Goodness, the world is
being destroyed here. All the beauty is being taken away."

Understand, this is what is going on with Earth. It is a season when some things
will die so many new things can be born. It is all part of the Divine Plan.


Chapter Fourteen


  EMOTIONS - THE  SECRET  IN  THE  CHRONICLES  OF  TIME 


There are those who exist in this universe who have yet to discover human
emotion.

When you visit Earth's ancient lands and look at the creations of other times and
places, you can feel the frequencies and vibrations inherent in the sites. You know
there are keys there, and you know there are messages ­ that there is something
locked within that once existed and will surface again.

In the same way, human beings have something hidden within them that is very
valuable for the evolution of the universe. We refer to this data as the codes and
master numbers: geometric formulae of light that are integral to recreating and
producing life forms throughout this universe.

Human beings have been tucked away, hidden, and forgotten in the antiquities of
time ever since their DNA was rearranged, because it is in the distant past of the
chronicles of time when the species was alive and vibrating very differently. That
time has been forgotten or shelved by some. As we have said, you have been in
quarantine, almost as though you have been in the dungeons of time for so long
that as the new eras have come forward they have forgotten that you have been
here.

There are those, however, who have not forgotten. They have sent you on
assignment to change all of this: to bring memory forward and to bring the value
of human existence back to the forefront of creation. You are needed because you
carry something that many other species have no idea of: emotion. And just as you
need to work together to bring your own selves into a wholeness and richness of
multidimensional being, there are those who are striving to catapult the entire
universe into a new octave - a reach toward a creation of new territory.

The Keepers of Time know where the data is locked, and you have been found;
you have been selected to bring it into the light. We have come forward - or
backward from our time period - to assist those of you on assignment to unlock
the annals of human DNA.

We are here to help you rearrange them within your own being and then to
become part of the Living Library.

As we have mentioned, what is occurring on Earth is going to affect things in
many places. Energy is being sent here at this time to redirect certain universal
forces so they will come into alignment and bring this universe into simultaneous
awareness of its identity.

What is in Earth is like a locked-away secret in the chronicles of time, and it has
to do with emotion. In this gift of emotion there is wealth and richness; there is
incredible ability to transcend many different realities and to move through and
experience many different states of awareness.

Emotion allows certain energies to coalesce, fuse, bond, and come together in
realization of themselves.

Without emotion, that bond could not be.

There are those existing in this universe who are very ancient and who have come
to the realization of what this place is. They have been working for eons. They are
ancient elders even to our system, and they are honored as great wise men and
women, in your terms, although they are not men or women at all. They are
thought of as the Keepers of Existence in this system. They are the ones who make
the movements and drive the system like a pilot drives a ship. They steer this
universe on its course; that is their job. Just like you have jobs, their job is to steer
this universe on a course of discovery. They have discovered from their own
learning and journey that they must connect with other universes.

There is a plan to catapult and send energy into new experience.

At this time, Earth and a number of other systems where you simultaneously exist
are instrumental in the reemergence of emotion, with the purpose of
comprehending all identities compacted into one.

The universes are discovering what they can do by coming together and
interworking just as you are discovering what you can become. There is no
preconceived idea of what will happen. This is new territory.

Emotion is the key to all of this. As human beings, you need emotion to connect
you with your spiritual self. Emotion is essential to understanding spirituality
because emotion generates feeling. The mental body and physical body are very
linked, as are the emotional body and spiritual body. The spiritual body is, of
course, the body that exists beyond physical limitation. You need emotions to
comprehend the nonphysical, which is why emotions have been so controlled
upon this planet. You have been allowed very little room emotionally and have
been encouraged to feel powerless or frightened.

Many of you don't want to go beyond these emotional barriers and through your
personal boundaries because it might be painful. You'd like to say "abracadabra"
and just have them be gone. Pain brings you feeling. When you can feel in no
other way, sometimes, in order to capture your attention as a stubborn human,
you create pain to show yourself the range of your abilities and to bring yourself
into life. In this way, you can feel the richness of being alive.

Most human beings are afraid of their emotional or feeling center; they are afraid
to feel.

Trust your feelings no matter what they are. Trust they lead you to something and
the way you feel can bring you a realization.

You all want to be in life and be removed from it at the same time. You say, "Let
me just be here and be a powerful person, but I don't want to feel or participate
too much because it hurts too much and then I will get sucked down. I don't trust
life."

When you are not afraid of feeling, and you move past judgment and allow
yourself to feel all the ways you feel, you will have a tremendous breakthrough
because you will be able to ride feeling into other realities.

Some of you are afraid to feel and participate in this reality; let alone ride into
other realities, because you do not trust your feelings.

When you wish to have an acceleration, dive into something that brings up
feeling. Stop skirting the issue so you can think you are in control. Dive in the
middle of it and then see whether you are in control.

It's not that you don't know how to feel, it's that you are afraid of your feelings.
You don't know what to do with them when you have them. They bring up a
sense of powerlessness within you, so you associate feeling with a sense of, "Oh,
no, I blew it."

You have a boundary in your belief system that states when something comes up
that is emotional and brings pain or anger, then it is not good. It is time to stop
tiptoeing around things and avoiding your emotions.
   
Anger serves a purpose. All of you want to get finished with it: you want to sweep
it under the rug and act as though it is no good. You act like it is rotten
vegetables, throw it out, bury it in the back garden as though there is no purpose
to it. We are emphasizing there is a purpose to fear and a purpose to anger.
Would you to allow yourselves to express and experience your fears, which might
lead to the expression of your anger, you would learn something.

Those of you who want desperately to avoid fear and anger, and who are really
afraid of these feelings, have something great to learn through these emotions.

They are techniques that move you beyond your personal boundaries of identity
and behavior, and you are simply afraid to experience this.

Most of the time, all you want is to be accepted. You feel no one will like you
would you do certain things or feel certain ways, so you don't give yourself
permission to have those certain feelings.

That is where the anger comes from. You have anger because you make
judgments about what you can and cannot do. When you do not give yourself
permission to feel, you cannot learn.

Feeling connects you with life.

Feelings serve a variety of purposes in human beings.

We encourage all of you to please trust, cultivate, and rely on your feelings.
Understand your feelings are your ticket to ride into multidimensional realities,
where you must go when you are seriously playing this game.

In multidimensional realities, you learn to hold and focus many different versions
of yourself at once.

Feelings can take you to these places, particularly feelings you trust.

Many of you are very suspicious and masterful over your feelings. You will not
allow certain feelings to come forward, or you judge them when they come up
instead of observing where they take you or what they do for you.

When you have a fear of something, you keep yourself from experiencing it
because you put up a wall that says, "Would I to go there, it is bad." You put the
brakes on. In actuality, your fear will eventually energize the experience into your
realm of development because all thought is drawn into form based on the
emotional influence behind it. So sometimes the greatest thing to do is to simply
say, "What the heck, I will go there. I surrender." Then deal with being there and
don't worry about being centered while you are in your feeling center.

When you intend to go into your feeling center and always be in control, you are
not giving yourself the range of movement which is needed to ride the emotions
that knock down boundaries and belief systems.

Anger has its purpose. Anger is not purposeless and pain is not purposeless. They
all lead you to something. You can make an intention to go into your feeling
center and learn how to be centered there while you explore the opportunities.

When you say, "I am going to be centered there," it sounds as though you won't
allow yourself any movement within it. Instead, just intend to have a
centeredness. A centeredness does not mean things don't fluctuate; it means you
allow things to fluctuate. Whether a boat is ready to tip over or is in calm water,
you allow it. You ride it, then you get out of the event, either a calm ride or a
rough ride.

Your emotions are not just food for others, they are food for the self. This is how
you nourish yourself and create your identity. This is your identity as frequency
through your emotions. Emotions feed you and your call letters into existence.

You are going to deal with each of your boundaries, simply ­ because that is what
you do not want to do. You would love to say, "Golden stardust, eliminate all that
has limited me. Boom! I am free!" Ideally, it would be so simple. That is a classic
example of wanting to recircuit and bypass the feeling center.

You have certain emotional beliefs or feelings that assist in making these
boundaries outside yourself, so when you break a boundary, you have to deal with
the emotion that put the boundary there in the first place.

Through your emotional body ­ you are connected to your spiritual body. You
may want to bypass something that is difficult, yet you have to feel your way
through it.

You want to sweep difficult things under the rug and say, "I don't want to do
these," when the difficult things are your gemstones. Even when you discover you
have 101,000 boundaries, do not feel frustrated. Simply say, "This is interesting."
Look at the boundaries you have set up and, instead of swearing at them, simply
observe them and see whether you can discover how they came about. See what
purpose they served - what grocery store you shopped in when you bought those
items.

As soon as you acknowledge, recognize, and are willing to release something, it
moves.

When you cling or have fear or think, "I like that boundary; that serves me very
well," then you limit yourself.

You must learn to love your emotions.

As long as you describe something as difficult, you are making it difficult. No one
else is. You are resisting and judging the changes coming about. You are feeling
you do not know what is going on, and you wish to be in control.

Control is something very convenient and very handy. It must be applied at the
right place at the right time, like super glue. Super glue in the wrong place
doesn't do much good. Did you ever super glue your hands or lips together? You
must learn to exercise control in the way you use your super glue. When you
screw up with super glue, you get stuck and you can't do anything. Control is the
same way: you get stuck with it, and it sticks you to something you don't need to
be stuck to.

You must be very selective about what you decide to control or not control. The
old human pattern, or the paradigm that exists, says, "You must be in control."

You, as members of the Family of Light, are having an awakening. You need your
emotions. You must become friends with your emotions because, through
feelings, you can climb the ladder to the multidimensional self, the twelve-chakra
system, and explore what you discover.

Through feelings, you can tell whether something is going on or not.

The logical mind will disinvolve itself when something is going on when the
body is not plugged into feeling.

Feeling registers frequency change. Logical mind does not register frequency
change.

You are experiencing an awakening of frequency change. You are being led to
change many portions of your life and give up many things. Don't resist the
changes and feel out of control because you don't know what is coming and it
appears your emotions are getting in your way. Your emotions are simply
wanting to show you something; you don't like it because you think your
emotions are interfering or will embarrass you.

Get clever. Next time you come into one of these emotional situations, say to
yourself immediately, "Alright, I know what is going on; I'm not getting caught
in this one. I know there is something here for me to learn, and something for me
to change. I believe I am guided and I am following a blueprint, so I will check
out what is in this for me by not judging it and by going with the flow. I request
all my changes come in joy, safety, and harmony. That is my decree. Everything
in my evolution I am intending is covered by that: I experience joy, safety, and
harmony. So I will go with this energy and see what is changing for me and what
I need to give up."

When your memories are not intact and you have not cultivated trust inside
yourself, you shut down because you don't understand what is occurring when
you are made ready for change.

It is imperative for people to trust the feeling center and operate with it.

When "stuff" activates your feeling center and brings you into discomfort, face
the feelings you do not like. This is your essence. These feelings are your jewels,
treasures, gems, from which you can learn about your identity.

They are your springboard, and you are never finished with them. You cannot
shove them away and say, "Yuck, I don't like the me I was then!" However, you
can alter the "you" who perceived reality in that way. As you continue to become
aware and gain a vast comprehension of who you are, you can look back at that
entity in that place and have a whole new realization of who you were then.

This process is ongoing. You will begin to see it in one another.

Honor your friends as they go through their "stuff"; just don't get involved in it.
When it is for you, do it, but don't help others prolong their dramas. It is time to
move through "stuff," not to stage a 365-day Broadway run with it. We suggest
telling your stories once or twice or three times, and that is it. You don't need to
tell everyone everything, because everyone else has their "stuff" occurring too. Do
you understand?

When you continually speak about your "stuff," you are missing the point because
you are talking instead of doing and seeing what you are telling yourself.

By talking to everyone about what is going on with you, you are simply wanting
to get attention, and you don't need to do that.

Events are ongoing, and you never really finish with them because they are your
"stuff."

When something is painful for you at the time, we guarantee later you will
encounter a situation similar, and you will have gained a compassion you never
had before. You will see the situation all in a different perspective.

What is coming up now are things that originally blocked you from perceiving
reality.

These are parts of your emotional body in which the highway system was severed
and the information could not flow, so you moved into pain and translated the
emotional pain out of your physical body.

We recommend all of you to receive bodywork. Bodywork simply involves
bringing energy from outside the cosmos into your body, infusing it with your
other bodies -mental, physical, emotional, and spiritual- and making the energy
grid fit.

Where the energy grid fits and you don't block cellular memory, you allow
energy to step into your body, the energy moves through your chakras and feeds
your body its data.

When you are afraid, shut down, blame someone else, or when you are in denial,
you get stuck. Then, even though light floods your body, it does not fit with the
gridwork. So you are in chaos, and everybody else wants to stay away from you
because you emanate chaos. Chaos is a fine place to be; there is nothing wrong
with chaos as long as you don't permanently dwell there.

When you deny emotion, you are asking for major Earth changes to take place
within your psyche. When you allow a tornado here, a hurricane there, or a small
volcanic eruption here and there, you are allowing your emotions freedom of
expression, and they will not run rampant over your personal environment.

Feeling is what connects you to your humanity; feeling is what connects you to
your emotions. Emotions connect you in this realm of existence to your spiritual
body. What we are saying is emotions, or feelings, are the key to being alive in
this reality.

Many realities exist without emotions, but in this reality they are your greatest
gift. When you deny your emotional self in this lifetime, you had best realize 
you have hung it up. When you are not going to be part of your emotional self,
you are never going to make the game we are talking about. You will simply be
one of the masses who watch television and feel like a victim over and over again.

When you are feeling pain within your emotional body, ask yourself why you
believe the pain is there, what purpose the pain serves, and why you are choosing
to create pain through your emotions. Why is it not your choice to create joy?

All is choice. We need to remind you of this.


Chapter Fifteen


  EARTH'S  INITIATION  THROUGH  INTEGRITY 


This beautiful Earth is a treasure so profound and magnanimous it draws those
from far space to come cherish the beauty here.

We want you to feel that beauty inside yourselves and let it pulsate within your
own beings. As you allow this beauty to come into you, it will move you
profoundly, and you will begin as a species to command the beautification of
Earth become the first priority for all.

We want to seed this idea into you so you awaken to your responsibility to Earth.
We have awakened within you the responsibility to yourselves, and you are on
the road to becoming the best you can be; we congratulate you. Now, what are
you going to do for Earth, and how are you going to do it?

We have taught you to command the best for yourself in all possible moments.
Since Earth is your home, how are you now going to extend this energy to Earth
and affect this planet with what you know?

How many of you have walked your own property, considering it a sacred space,
and let Earth know how much you treasure it? That sort of communication will
get you involved with the beautiful Earth.

Involve yourselves in doing. Look at your garbage, at what you are throwing
away, and at what you are unconscious of. It is an exact reflection of what we
have asked you to do with yourselves. Look at your thoughts and at the garbage
that clutters your psyche. All we have taught you, you can extend to Earth.

Wherever you go, communicate with Earth and let the planet know you are
awakening. You must think of yourself as a thread of light; wherever you walk,
drive, fly, or visit, you are carrying your thread of light. As more and more
threads are woven around the planet, eventually there will be a fantastic cosmic
wave of light.

We are in a world that is on the brink of slowing down before it goes into a mad
frenzy. You can begin that slowdown by consciously taking greater care of Earth.

The predominant consciousness on Earth at this time, particularly in the United
States, maintains that having the best-looking lawn is a status symbol. In order to
have that best-looking lawn, you use as many pesticides and chemical fertilizers
as possible until the lawn begins to look like a carpet that would be in your living
room. Where did that value system come from, and what is the sense in it? The
sense in that value system is someone made money off a product and created a
marketing campaign that gave that product legitimacy, and someone bought it.

Communicate with Earth, listen to it, and let this beautiful planet teach you how
to live in harmony. This is a slow process, and you are not going to learn it
overnight. Hear Earth saying, "Listen, would you like someone pouring pesticides
on your skin?" This is what happens when you pour them on Earth. Earth is a
sentient being, or collection of beings.

The sentient beings that make up Earth came into this collective of consciousness
out of love for the unity of this consciousness and desire to experience being a
home for consciousness. This is like you being the home for all the bacteria and
things that live on your skin and inside your body. You work with them. Earth
understands that in order to be a good mother to its children, it must let the
children learn their own lessons.

Your lessons are, of course, the lessons of responsibility. When you want
something, there are certain ramifications and things you must do,
responsibilities you must take on to accomplish your goal. Earth is teaching
human beings responsibility by allowing you to create disruption upon its surface
and into its interior.

When Earth is in jeopardy and humanity has pushed things too far, Earth will do
whatever is necessary to teach the human species about the proper care of its
home, in order for you as the inhabitants to learn a bigger lesson.

In divine love of humanity and divine acceptance of its role as teacher, Earth will
teach you about its own secrets and power so you can understand how to walk
with cooperation and love of Earth and not walk with disrespect.

This inevitably leads to the overwhelming probability of Earth doing some major
changes in order to capture the consciousness of human beings and point out to
them what they are missing. When twenty million people disappear in an
afternoon because of an Earth change, perhaps the other humans would wake up.
Perhaps.

You have heard the predictions of Earth changes over and over again. Some of you
have taken them with a grain of salt. You have not thought they would happen to
you, though you might think they would happen to someone else or in the
newspaper halfway around the world. What about when a change happens at your
doorstep or in the next city over?

What about when the major cities in the United States begin to collapse? How do
you think you will feel when you awake someday and find there has been a tear in
the Earth from New York City to Washington, D.C.? Would that be enough to
shake you up a little bit? Enough to restructure and revalue your lives?

You are becoming more aware of what is going on because now your newspapers
are beginning to carry the stories. The stories have actually been there for some
time. There have been environmentalists and conservationists talking about
environmental changes for twenty years, but people figured the problems would
fix themselves.

Besides, environmental issues do not sell newspapers, and, to a certain extent,
people have not been interested in learning about responsibility.

That attitude is going to backfire; most people will claim ignorance and think the
issues came out of nowhere.

Things are going to get so severe we predict there will be countries that will ban
the use of the automobile.

Earth's teachings or lessons at this time have to do with many things. As
frequencies change, everything changes. When frequencies change, it is like
moving from your house: the whole environment changes. These changes are
designed to uplift everyone's life. They are designed to bring everyone to a
greater place of ease and comprehension. They are designed to disengage human
beings from the paradigm that has defined your world as solid and in very limited
terms.

When human beings make quality of life the number one priority in their lives by
honoring the quality of Earth's life, there will be very few Earth changes upon
this planet.

However, most humans, particularly in the Western world, are concerned with a
very different quality of life: how many electronic devices they own, how many
clothes are in their closets, and how many cars are in their garages. They are not
at all connected to the effects of all this material manufacturing on the sentient
being that is your parent.

When human beings do not change -when they do not make the shift in values
and realize without Earth they could not be here- then Earth, in its love for its
own initiation and its reaching for a higher frequency, will bring about a
cleansing that will balance it once again. There is the potential for many people
to leave the planet in an afternoon.

Maybe then everyone else will begin to wake up to what is going on. There have
been events all along stimulating you, encouraging, and bringing you to the
realization there must be global change. There are grass-roots movements that are
going to grow phenomenally. What happens to Earth depends on how willing
everyone is to change.

What is your responsibility in this? How willing are you to change? The time has
come not to just talk about it but to do it.

As you commit to change in your own life, you automatically make the change
available to the entire planet.

Earth is striving for its integrity. The planet feels at this time deprived of its
integrity, dishonored, and unloved.

Earth loves you and gives you a place to operate; it is a living organism.

Earth is about to reestablish its integrity and let you understand the importance of
loving yourself by loving Earth.

Love yourself and love Earth, because they are the same.

Earth changes could play an important role in breaking down the system. They
will bring about the collapse of the insurance companies, which will bring about
the collapse of many other systems. Many of the banking businesses sell their
mortgages to the insurance companies, and the insurance companies invested very
heavily in the junk-bond industry.

Given a few more major disasters like Hurricane Hugo or the San Francisco
earthquake coupled with war and the underground economy - how long do you
think they can continue to operate? On paper, no one has quite caught up with this
yet. It is still a matter of checks shuffling from one bank to another and keeping
everything just above water. So Earth changes, more than likely, will be utilized
in some way to bring about that collapse.

Earth changes will also bring about a joining and triumph of the human spirit
because men and women will go out to help other men and women when disasters
occur. This bonds people.

There are technologies that could clean this place up very quickly would that be
the plan. However, as the species at present does not take responsibility for Earth,
there would be no point.

The present species must learn to honor its nest. All of you must learn to honor
your bodies because without your bodies you would not be here, and without
Earth you would not be here. Your body and your planet are your two greatest
gifts and the most valuable things you own. Ideally, you would express a
sacredness, honoring, cherishing, and love of Earth, and your physical being. This
would resonate in your home, property, the land you are associated with, and the
land of your body as well.

    
Earth is more resilient than you would imagine. It is here to feed and sustain you.
The animals are also here to work in cooperation with you.

When everything is done with love, it has the force of the Creator behind it.
Done with love, there would be no hurt and harm.

When you need a guide to make decisions about your behavior, ask yourself: "Am
I operating with rny highest integrity? Am I operating with love? Is love my
intention for Earth, the animals, all the people I encounter, and all the things I do?

Everything of Earth can be used when Earth is loved and honored in the process.

It may be difficult to imagine a gang of oil workers, before they set the bit into
the ground, holding hands and asking for guidance and permission to penetrate
Earth. Yet, were this done, things would be much more in harmony. You laugh
because you deem it foolishness to communicate to something that does not talk
back. But would industry, educators, and all people first stopped and committed
to the highest integrity and love for all involved, asked that there be no harm to
Earth or humans, it would be phenomenally received.

This would put into motion the plan for a high civilization. Such awareness is
beginning to come; many people are getting this kind of information at this time.

Many human beings do not want to put themselves on the line and stand up in
integrity because they are afraid of getting into trouble. They say, "I will just keep
my job and my security; what the heck." One of the most incredible things that
can happen in any society occurs when everyone's security is taken away. Courage
begins to blossom like a freshly planted garden because people have nothing to
lose. Humans begin to stand up.

Never feel your efforts are in vain. Use the power of your mind to clearly intend
what you want. Ask for assistance from the nonphysical realms and visualize the
outcome you would like to have. Understand you create your reality and every
other person creates their reality. Everyone has the opportunity to wake up at any
time. When you approach anything, approach it from the bigger picture.

When enough people create their own reality -consciously create it- you will
create a new planet. There will literally be a splitting of worlds. This splitting
will more than likely not occur for more than twenty years. In the meantime,
Earth will more than likely be ravaged by war quite a few times. You will have
some very puzzling and confusing space dramas take place with some space
cousins who need to figure out quite publicly who they are.

Earth is on a dimensional collision course, and many dimensions or probabilities
will intersect one another by this decade.

Some of these realities will be shocking, depending upon the level of shock each
person needs to kick their consciousness into another paradigm. Shock does not
mean destruction, necessarily. It can simply be a method to alter the way you
view reality. Whenever you are shocked by something, you can no longer grip
reality the way you gripped it the moment before. There is an instantaneous kick
in the stomach, and everything changes. The world is in for numerous shocks, and
not simply on a national level. We are talking about global intersections of
dimensions by which realities will seem to come tumbling down only for those
whose realities need to crumble.

The concept of probabilities maintains there is no one reality and you, yourselves,
branch off into other realities continuously through your thoughts. It is not that
you change the world, it is you change which world you occupy. This goes back
to the idea the world is not solid. It is constructed of energy, and energy takes
form through the thoughts of those who participate within the world.

There are, and always have been, probable Earths and probable experiences. There
are probable "you's" leading quite different lives than the you you know. You are
frequency and energy, pulsating to the beat of a chord of energy that sings you
into existence, and you are so familiar with it you stay focused continuously on
one aspect of your experience.

Experience is gained from many perspectives, and you are learning how to change
the frequency and beat so you can notice what you usually do not.

You are continuously monitored as to the effect of neurological changes taking
place in your bodies. The rewiring or restructuring is like your nervous system
going from a two-lane highway system to a twelve-lane highway system. When
this takes place, you will have memories of events that have run simultaneously
with other events.

At first, this may freak you out a little because you will have no place to plug
them in. For example, two years down the road you remember a Thanksgiving
dinner you had in 1989 or 1990. Then suddenly, you have a memory of an event
you never before remembered, and it is right next to and parallel to the
Thanksgiving dinner you did remember. You then realize you were at two
Thanksgivings. This is what will happen as the nervous system comes into a new
pulsation and the body has its library put back together.

As the light-encoded filaments reform themselves and broadcast what they have
available, the nervous system must be able to carry and translate it.

There is a great polarization of energies occurring, with many participants and
observers. Many who have come to observe have come to disrupt as well; they
have come to learn their "stuff" in this time. There are also participants who are
completely intent on creating a world that will be quite glorious. As we see it, as
the probable worlds begin to form, there will be great shiftings within humanity
on this planet. It will seem great chaos and turmoil are forming, nations rising
against each other in war, and earthquakes happening more frequently. It will
seem as though everything is falling apart and cannot be put back together. Just as
you sometimes have rumblings and quakings in your lives as you change your old
patterns and move into new energies, Earth is shaking itself free, and a certain
realignment or adjustment period is to be expected.

It will also seem the animals and fish are departing Earth. Those animals are now
moving over to the new world as it is being formed. They are not ending their
existence, they are merely slipping into the new world to await your joining
them.

It is difficult to explain this, to a certain extent, because it is beyond the
third-dimensional experience. Basically, you are moving into the fourth
dimension.

When this move is made, you will literally form a new Earth.

It will seem as though you have awoken from a dream into a world pristine and
beautiful. Your skies are full of observers watching and waiting to see how you
will do this and offering to give you assistance in doing it.

For many people, it seems as though this shift is completely beyond all
possibility. But not for you who have studied this energy as alchemists and
ancient Atlanteans in temple life. The training you have had in other times is
encoded within your beings to prepare you for this juncture.

The people who leave the planet during the time of Earth changes do not fit here
any longer, and they are stopping the harmony of Earth. When the time comes
that perhaps twenty million people leave the planet at one time, there will be a
tremendous shift in consciousness for those who are remaining. When a large
group passes over together, they create an impact upon the consciousness of those
who remain.

Expand yourselves. Begin to dwell in other realities besides the reality work,
sleep, and eating. When you are awake, let your mind expand to possibilities and
let ideas come to you. Ideas are free; they are everywhere, and there are
broadcasts continuously coming to the planet.

When Earth does its shifting, not everyone will experience the same thing. Those
who need to experience destruction will experience an Earth shift or rotation with
destruction because they will not fit with the new frequency.

Those who are prepared to hold a higher vibration will experience a frequency
shift. So for one person there may be the end of their life as they know it and dire
destruction, while for another there will be a state of ecstasy.

All potentials exist. Remember, you live in a symbolic world that is a result of
your thoughts.

The outside world represents to you what is going on internally with you.

So when the world is falling apart, what does that represent? It represents the
falling apart or collapsing of what is inside in order to create the rise of a new
system, a new energy.

It is imperative for you to love and bless the changes within society and not move
into fear or anxiety about what is presenting itself. It is your task to be in the
vibration of knowing, even without sense, that in every event there is an
opportunity for Spirit to do its work and uplift.

You are an exceptionally lazy species. You give your power away to anyone who
will do things for you, whether your boss, wife, or husband. You give your power
away over and over again. In order to turn you toward yourselves, you need some
events to put you in charge of your lives. Bless these changes that come to Earth
and, in these events, trust that what you want with clarity will be manifest.

You will find yourself tested. You will say, "Am I a victim here? Is the world
collapsing around me? Or is it uplifting itself around me while everything is
seemingly in the midst of collapse?"

An important primary belief for you to hold is you will be in the right place at
the right time doing the right thing. Intending you will be in the right place at the
right time, ­more than intending it, knowing it - will open you to guidance.

Perhaps without even looking for it, a piece of land or opportunity to connect
with someone else will be put before you. You will recognize it and say, "This is
for me. I shall take this."

Believe it or not, there will come a time or let us say, there could come a time -
in many of your lives when you will shut the door on life as you now know it.
Literally, you may give up the house you have and walk out of it with only a few
possessions. It does not seem possible now, does it? Something inside you will
say, "My God, has the world gone mad? What are my values? What is the most
important thing now for my survival?"

And Spirit will come in and guide you to tell you what is the most important
thing for your survival. That may mean simply carting off a few possessions.
Some of you in this life will literally stand on the threshold of your houses, look
within, and it will all be meaningless because the most important things will be
your spiritual values and your life.

All those material possessions and collections of things mean nothing in light of
what you are becoming. Can you imagine the events that will be needed to move
you to that action?

They are not going to be small events.

Remember humanity's destiny to evolve. We guarantee life as you now know it
will not be around ten years from now. The world as you know it, the reality as
you know it, comforts, projections, vacations and all the things you do will not be
here ten years from now. You are here for your own personal evolution. How that
evolution is going to come about worldwide will be rather interesting. We are
not talking about the evolution of a few dozen people; we are talking about the
evolution of the species.

There will need to be some events to bring people to awakening. That is why it is
going to be your challenge to live your life with courage and have the courage to
live your light.

We recommend all of you intend the Native American teachings come your way.
Begin to explore them through sweat lodges, drumming, dancing, and so on. This
will awaken many things in you and teach you much about Earth. You are coded
to ritual; when you perform ritual, your body begins to remember who you are
and what you know.

As we see it, communities are going to be very influential in the 1990s. They will
form on tracts of land that will be anywhere from fifty to a few hundred acres,
perhaps as small as twenty­five acres, and may house anywhere from thirty to one
hundred people. These groups will come together because the members will be
responding to an inner knowing.

The new technologies that will be used in the coming communities will be
technologies based on love. There is nothing wrong with technology. The major
stumbling block of technology now in use on this planet is it is used to separate,
manipulate, and control people rather than to uplift them. Technology with love
is the key. Many people will be given great amounts of technological information
that will seemingly come out of nowhere. You may be given information for an
invention and yet not have any idea what it is you are inventing. You may have to
hand it over to someone else to bring it into reality. People will work together in
harmony to bring forth this new technology.

Part of the evolution of consciousness involves uniting one consciousness with
another - not keeping yourselves separated. Perhaps one person will come up with
an idea, and another one will take the idea and put it into manifestation, and
someone else will sell it.

As we see it, there will be a tremendous underground market for inventions.
These inventions will never be shown in the traditional marketplace because you
would be wiped out, snuffed, when it was known you had these abilities. There
will be great trading from one community to another of these underground
technologies that will do all kinds of things for you.

It can be one of the most rewarding experiences of this lifetime for you to live in
cooperation with a group of people who love the land and get the land -Earth- to
respond. In loving the land and letting Earth know what you are after, Earth will
nurture and take care of you.

That is the key.


Chapter Sixteen


  HERETICS  AHEAD  OF  TIME 


The sixties were a time of preparation. They held your initial awakening and
were a time that showed you new paradigms could be born. During that decade,
you suddenly became far removed from the values of the previous generations.
The sixties were full of events, such as the movement for peace andthe movement
for expression of the body, which supported looking at the body, accepting and
sharing sexuality with full consciousness - clothes off, rather than by finding body
parts between layers of clothes, which is what the generation before did.
Consciousness was birthed, and the idea of peace and freedom was awakened.
That was kindergarten.

The nineties are the time to bring the movement of spirituality onto the planet -
not just in small pockets, but onto the entire planet. The planet is awakening all
over. We travel the planet and can tell you you have your counterparts in every
corner of the globe.

The team of light you represent made sure they covered all their bases, because
there are lightworkers everywhere. You are coming into your own.

The movement toward spirituality is a movement away from materialism.

Over the last number of years, many people have gotten very into their bodies,
regenerating, exercising, and making them more beautiful. That has simply been
preparation so you could move into Spirit. The realm of Spirit is a very exciting
place. It has more flexibility: there are places to travel and great adventures to be
had, and there are no limitations.

The reason physical reality has been so frustrating for you is because you bought
the stories about its limitations hook, line, and sinker. You bought them because
you made an agreement to do so. It was part of your plan to buy into these
limitations so you could relate to those who have no idea about light and have
been buying into the limitations their whole existence.

You are going to electromagnetically alter the planet -rewire it, so to speak- so
all these other beings can be plugged in once again. You can only do this whenyou
can relate to where they are.

Would you had come here with your memory banks open, either you would not
have wanted to stay or would not now understand the others. So you have been
submerged in a society that has been without light, and you have forgotten your
light (or vaguely remembered it as you grew up) so you could relate to that
world.

Now it is time for you to integrate that world of society into the
multidimensional world of light and Spirit you represent so the values and
designs of this planet will begin to change completely.

Heretics are ahead of their time. The heretical ideas that come onto the planet
always prove to be brilliant later. So have courage; it only seems as though these
new ideas are being ridiculed.

You must remember there is much activity in the nonphysical realms to assist
you and, even though each of you has your own blueprint and plan to evolve into,
you are part of a global blueprint a global consciousness. You are firing that
global blueprint and awakening others.

You awaken in waves as each of you learns to carry information and broadcast it.
Were everyone to be awakened at once, it would be very chaotic. The awakening
must happen as you are able to handle it, because putting too much light into an
element that cannot handle it would blow a fuse.

When the electrical currents are not matched up, the body can be destroyed. You
will see this. You are going to see a disease move over the planet which has to do
with the nervous system and memory, because people won't be able to handle the
energy. They will become frightened of it.

They may discover a multidimensional portion of themselves and think they are
crazy. Then they will be obsessed with keeping their insanity quiet from their
husband, wife, or children. People will drive themselves into a frenzy with this
energy because they won't understand it.

We cannot emphasize enough the nervous system is the key to open your ancient
eyes and see, and for you to remember who you are, where you come from, and
where you are going.

The nervous system must be able to take the electrical current into the body,
transduce the high energy and fit it inside the body, letting the body evolve and
nurture itself on this high energy that is consciousness.

This is literally what is occurring. It is as though you were to take a newborn
babe and feed it a formula that would force it to grow from a day-old infant to a
thirty-year-old adult in one year. This parallels what will be happening for you
over the next twenty years. That newborn child would become thirty in one year.
Think about what that child would have to do, what its body would have to
integrate to grow like that. Think about the organs, functions, and the hormones.

Since you are committed carriers of light, there is a certain opening within your
auric field. An opening the pillar of light brings so guardians can come down and
act as gate keepers for how much energy you can handle. Even though your
intellect, mind, and ego may say, "More, more, more," the gate keepers know
because you are a carrier of light committed to a certain task, you cannot be lost.
Unless, that is, you are bent on your own personal destruction and move past
what is called the highest will into the will of yourself.

The nervous system, which is a highway within the body, can only move at the
rate you can process data flooding over it into the cells.

Many of you are still cleaning out caverns within portions of your being that have
been filled with darkness. These caverns may be from this lifetime -they may go
back to childhood- or for some they may be from other lifetimes. Many of you
have been on this journey for twenty-five or thirty years, while others of you have
newly joined the journey.

Not everyone is going to take the same amount of time. Those who have been
plodding along for thirty years are way showers. You set up a vibrational
frequency that those of you who are new joiners can feel. You who are new
joiners don't have to go looking for the new frequency and discover it; the
mapping is done, and the mapping hits your body.

You all need one another. It is imperative you work in harmony. When you don't
work in harmony, you will create Atlantis and all the other destructions over and
over again.

Harmony is required.

A time is coming when many of you will be put to work with Spirit to broadcast
frequency and assist others in comprehending what is going on. The waves of
awakening will continue, and Spirit will become a way of being on this planet.

That is the plan for this planet, and the creative cosmic rays from Prime Creator
are hitting the fringes of your galactic system - moving here first. That is why the
great gathering of energies has come here. These energies want to participate in
the transformation here so they will be prepared when it comes to their own area
of galactic and universal existence.

There is a huge transformation taking place, but what you do with it, of course, is
up to you. We have said your world is going to split into two worlds and those
who move with light will be in the world of light. This split is already beginning
to take place.

Those entities who wish to work with the higher vibratory fields that represent
light, and those who wish to work with the lower vibratory fields that represent
fear, darkness, chaos, control, and confusion, are beginning to polarize and choose
sides.

Those who work with the lower vibratory fields will say to you that you are
witches or the devil because you represent something they don't understand. You
represent change, and you must remember most people are frightened to death of
change.

One of the curious things about human consciousness is it is enamored of
stability. You bought the concept stability is something desirable, hook, line, and
sinker. So you strive for it; you think that when you do not have stability and
security then who are you? You might not exist, you might be annihilated.

We are talking about many people you know; some may even be family
members. You will need to develop a tremendous amount of patience and
compassion for those who feel this energy and do not want to respond to it in a
way that can benefit them.

You are going to have to become very allowing - perhaps even allowing others to
destroy themselves so that they can learn the value of life.

Even though human beings are not consciously aware of it, you know in the
deepest portion of your beings you move from one existence to another and gather
experience so your soul can understand and process data to give you a view of one
reality.

Someday you will be able to scan the lives and existences of your soul, and hold
the energy of that soul just like you would hold a crystal, look at the different
facets and sparkles within it, and feel and know that identity. When you are able
to do this with your soul, your soul will be able to connect with other forms of
intelligence that it is a part of but does not presently comprehend.
   
We are stretching you. We want you to become completely confused so you will
be energized. Then you will utilize your curiosity to take you into areas you not
only have never thought of, but never even knew existed.

This is our intention - you come to a higher ground where you can create a new
order of identity courageously, with humor, and confidence.

All things are frequencies. Would you to know how rapidly you are evolving, you
might want to sit in a chair and put your hand over your head and say, "I can't do
it. There is too much going on for me." You keep the veil pulled down and
pretend to go about life as though nothing is happening when you are
continuously being upgraded with all kinds of changes to bring you closer to the
higher dimensions.

Think about and feel what you are going to achieve in one lifetime. Within the
next ten to twenty years, you will move from being dense physical creatures into
creatures of light in the Age of Light. Can you conceive of this? Everything you
are doing, including eating a pizza, is bringing you in a divinely perfect way to
that place.

At some point you will understand the importance of every event in which you
are participating and the integrity of the whole.

In the movie The Karate Kid, the kid is very impatient while learning karate. He
finds a master and doesn't even think he has found a master. He is given things to
do he thinks are a waste of time. He does not understand each piece he learns
makes up the greater whole. You are like this kid. All the pieces are coming
together, but because of the vision of your ego, you do not understand at this time
they make the greater whole.

You will be put to task, and will find all you are seeking will be yours. That is the
good news.

Be aware and learn how to recognize when your will is usurping the divine will
and the Divine Plan - when you are forcing too much onto yourself because you
are not operating out of common sense.

Look at yourself in the mirror and see how you look. Look into your eyes because
your eyes are an indicator for your whole physical body. Are they clear? Are you
able to look back with clarity? Is your face lined, exhausted, or calm? How does
your body feel? Are you able to sit in a serene position? Are you able to hold your
body erect, or do you feel the need to slump over? Do you fidget because you
cannot hold the energy in your body - so your body is always dancing and
twitching because it does not know what to do? Are your fingers always
drumming, or are you gnawing at your flesh?

There are many indications to watch for. You can look around and see who cannot
integrate energy.

Once you bring this energy into your body and are able to hold it, your body will
begin to feel a lightness. There will be a vitality in your skin, or perhaps your
hair. Your hair is a very good indication of your health. Common sense, of course,
is one of your best comrades to hang around with. Common sense will show you
what is right and what is not.

At times you will recognize the energy has become too much and you are not
calm and centered. This will occur for each and everyone of you at some point. In
some way, you will feel as though too much is happening: there will be too much
data to compute, too many people to talk to, or too much going on. When this
happens, you must think of yourself as an appliance and unplug yourself. Just like
you are a toaster, simply unplug yourself so you can be out of use.

At those times, what you need do more than anything else is rest. Some of you
will need a tremendous amount of sleep at different points. Do not think you are
getting lazy and beat up on yourself; simply acknowledge it. There will be times
when some of you will wish to sleep eighteen hours. Do it. It is necessary.

You have no idea of the lands you travel to and the work done on your physical
body when you sleep. It is the time when you are unplugged from this reality,
recharged, and taught in other realities. The bridges, and your eyes, will open
between realities, and you will begin to see and carry these memories.

When you go to a Chinese restaurant, you eat Chinese food; you don't order a
hamburger. When you go to an Italian restaurant, you order lasagna. This
restaurant called Earth has a physical body, so that is how you must operate here -
within a physical body.

We speak in very simple terms so you will get our point. It doesn't make any
difference how ridiculous our metaphor is, we simply want you to get it. So you
are here in the restaurant of Earth, occupying an Earth body because this is what
is available here.

There is nothing else served Lip here. You are going to bring new recipes into the
Earth restaurant - recipes that periodically have been tested and proven true, but
only in pockets here and there.

Remember, Earth was sealed off eons ago, was created to be one thing then
completely got off track after millions of years of existence.

Many of you incarnated here over and over again and got really frustrated,
because every time you incarnated you had an intention of doing something, but
half the time you forgot what it was.

Some of you were able to achieve mastery upon this planet and get yourselves off
it through the ascension process.

Others of you clamored you wanted a time when this quarantine or seclusion
from the rest of cosmic society would come to an end.

Because of you and the multitudes upon and surrounding this planet, the present
time period was born. Assistance comes to you in all avenues of life, yet others
cannot do things for you because you designed life in such a way the species must
self-motivate and evolve in order to be empowered.

Those of you who are tremendously knowledgeable decided to incarnate in the
species to empower it by being an example for the rest who cannot do it for
themselves. You make new pathways of being, as you broadcast who you are.

When you gather in rooms for channelings, you ask for a tremendous number of
reminders and encouragement along the way. Some of you are finding you cannot
make it without the encouragement. This is understood. It is why we are here,
most of the time with tremendous patience, for you.

We wish to give you the opportunity to claim who you are.

One of the most important ultimate realities upon this planet for you as a species
to understand, and one of the greatest challenges you have been faced with, is
what it means to die. We can convince you of many things, but it is difficult for
us to convince you that you do not have to die.

In this time, you do not have to physically leave your body behind here upon this
planet.

Can you conceive of the idea you will simply change the vibrational rate of your
physical being and take your body with you because you will rearrange the
molecular structure?

Making the ascension leap and completing the journey here is possible for a
multitude of the species upon this planet. Some of you have already ascended off
this planet, and you have come back to do it again and show the way. It was a
grand journey to get out of here with the ascension process. It took lifetimes of
training, one after another, to bring yourself to dedication. It involved not living
in the material society and basically living very close to nature to do it.

Now those of you who have done this and are familiar with it have come back. It
is your goal to ascend off this planet and be taken literally up into the higher
cosmology of mother ships. You will ascend into the cities of light and be able to
dwell within other realities that are all around you that you simply do not permit
your third-dimensional eyes to see. You will have completed your task on Earth,
and Earth will make its transition. It will be a beautiful jewel in the universe.

You may wish to stay for some years to help with the restructuring and
rebuilding of this new Earth. But after a while, you will want to move on to new
assignments to transform other worlds. Remember, you are renegades and like a
very exciting time. So most likely you will leave this beautiful planet for others
to enjoy, and you will go on to a new assignment.

Ascension is the goal on this planet. There will come a time when that will be the
only way people who live on this planet will depart from it. Once you get off this
planet, you will go to many other places. You will show yourself and the rest of
the species that the body, this thing that seems so solid and uncontrollable, is
actually a result of a divine orchestration, and you, in your consciousness, can do
anything you want with it.

Anything.


Chapter Seventeen


  THE  LANGUAGE  OF  LIGHT 


The avatars and masters have now permeated the gridwork of the world bringing
with them their own tools for teaching. The tools being utilized on this planet are
artifacts not of your dimension, symbolic forms that literally have a life of their
own. They make up what is known as the Language of Light. You are implanted
with a structure, a geometric form, which triggers certain information within
you. It also facilitates, for those who work with you, the sending of information
directly into your being. The large majority of you are implanted, and would you
to not be now, shortly you will when you choose to open and align yourself. No
one is implanted who does not choose it. This structure of the Language of Light
is a way of receiving information and energy to facilitate your development. It is
a method of learning without doing it through books or the intellect.

It involves opening to the belief there is indeed a hierarchy, immense beyond
your comprehension, witch has been working with humanity since the very
beginning. This hierarchy works with love, cherishes who you are, and has been
able to see through the time mechanisms keyed into the planet to know that
consciousness is ready for the evolutionary leap. There are 144,000 members of
the spiritual hierarchy who are infused in the gridwork of the planet at this time.
Each master has its own seal that represents one portion of the Language of Light,
and you have 144,000 seals of energy that will eventually be infused within your
being. To start with, you will work with the twelve forms the body will be able
to hold. Much later, once the transformation has occurred, there will be an
infusion of the entire 141,000 symbolic language structures through your being.
That will be an unfoldment that cannot even be explained in this lifetime. This
mutation is a process unfolding within you that will allow you to move into
another realm of experience. Each person on the planet has the potential to move
through this mutation. Many will stop the process because they do not have the
desire to align themselves with higher consciousness. When you are aware of
who you are, that is one thing. When you become aware of the divine
consciousness that seeds this planet -an intellect vast, loving, and works with
you- and when you call to that consciousness and ask to be a portion of it, that is
when you are implanted with the geometric forms.

The forms that are implanted come in a variety of shapes such as the pyramid
structure. Why is the pyramid so important? On this planet and throughout the
cosmos, the pyramid structure is utilized to represent a great unity of
consciousness. It is the structure that is the most difficult to create in all of its
many facets, and yet it is a structure of perfection. It is a structure that gathers
energy from Earth and sends it outward. The structures of the sphere and the
spiral will also be implanted inside you. The spiral is very dear to many of you
because you have sojourned within cultures and societies where the spiral was
utilized to communicate many ideas. There will also be implanted the structures
of the parallel lines and the cube. And, of course, there will be the structure of the
Merkabah vehicle, which is the five-sided figure. The five-sided figure represents
the figure of the human being in its most unlimited state, the totally free human.
Some of you know it as a symbolic structure called a Merkabah vehicle. It is the
human design without any limitations. The human being able to fly, which is
something a large majority of you do not think you can do. This implant comes
when you truly commit yourself to what was formerly not possible.

Which implant or geometric form will be implanted inside you will depend first
of all on your request for alignment. It will also depend on your belief these
entities choose to be available to you when you choose to be available for them.
As you begin to unfold and allow what are called miracles or magnificent events
to manifest in your life, they will begin. Many of you will start with the implant
of the circle because it represents God-form, unity, and completeness. Some of
you will select the pyramid structure to be implanted since you have had many
lifetimes with discovered and still undiscovered pyramids all over the planet.
You think your geography is known, but there are many things still undiscovered
because they are slipping from one reality to another. Deep within jungles, there
are many buried pyramids, often lying buried beneath mounds of earth. There are
still many wonders to uncover. Those of you who are willing to believe that there
are truly no limitations will be able to take the Merkabah structure and move
yourself off the planet with it while you are still living on the planet. The desire
to do this must exist in you would you to be implanted with the Merkabah.
Already some of you have attempted to travel with it, and you know how it can
be used in your being. When you truly call the Merkabah to yourself, and are
willing to get the feeling what that truly means -to be unlimited consciousness
that travels with your body, without your body leaving the planet- that is when
implanting will occur.

The Merkabah is not the highest implanting, as there are no highest or lowest
implantings. Implanting comes when it will best suit your personal development.
Once you have become implanted, there will be an unending process of new
forms coming into your being. You do not consciously choose the form that will
be implanted in you. However, you choose the life you have, which opens you to
the structures of the Language of Light. You choose what is important to you each
day. That is your access to these forms. Through this marriage of energies,
eventually you will all hold the alphabet of light inside your beings, and this
alphabet of light will teach you. When you have dreamt of geometric forms, it is
an indication the forms are working with you. Or perhaps you loved studying
geometry in school. Would you wish to know what you have been implanted
with, see which forms continuously come first or are larger than the others.
There are many shapes that do not even have names. There will be shapes you
know and recognize that later will take new forms and new shapes your
consciousness cannot translate. The spiral is one of the basic forms of the
Language of Light geometry. It is a bridge, a teaching unto itself. The form of it is
coded with information, and when you ride the spiral, it is seemingly nonending.
This shows you the journey into your self is nonending and the journey outside of
yourself is nonending. You, as a species, will be able to split your consciousness
and go in both directions so consciousness can be connected.

By taking the nonending journey within and the nonending journey without, you
link yourself up into a connected spiral in which there is universal truth. We have
said the cells in your body contain the entire history of this universe. Ideally, you
will come to realize the existence of this golden library within yourselves during
this lifetime and learn how to read what is there. Taking the spiral within is one
part of the journey. The trick is to both go within and go without - and to realize
they are the same. The spiral exists in many dimensions. When you visualize the
spiral, you will feel you have known it, yet at first you are only knowing one
aspect of it. When you begin to grow with the spiral, you will realize it has so
many dimensions you could spend the rest of eternity -to use your term,
­exploring it. It grows.

The spiral is the key to tapping into what is inside of you. Your DNA is in the
form of a spiral. Spirals are all around you, and the Language of Light rides upon
the light­encoded filaments that also descend in spiral form. This is something
that is experiential, and it will grow for you. In your meditation, feel yourself
riding a spiral like you would ride a tornado. Visualize yourself seeing a spiral
approaching that is like a tornado. Then, instead of running from it, stand there
and feel yourself whirled up inside of it. Ride it, for it is a doorway to other
realities. These Language of Light geometrical shapes and forms are collections of
experiences of individuals who have incarnated on this planet, defied the human
laws, awakened themselves to high abilities and then manifested themselves as
language and geometric components. Once these energies existed as men and
women on this planet. They have evolved themselves into geometric symbols,
and they exist in their sphere of activity just like you exist in your body. These
entities exist in a language system or a geometric system. There are universes of
these systems, and there are visitations into your own universe from those
universes at this time. There are circles and other shapes being put upon this
planet in the grain fields that are inexplicable as far as you are concerned.
These imprints are a frequency, not a process or action. There is a song or story or
language being implanted on the surface of Earth with language symbols. These
symbols come to establish a certain frequency, and they are going to increase.
Eventually, some of you will build houses that are geometric shapes that are not
simply squares or rectangles. Many of the dwellings in the Pleiades do not have
shapes as you know them, and it is understood there that shapes and angles hold
energy.

In astrology, it is understood certain angles have power points and certain things
happen with certain angles. It is the same with shapes. The Great Pyramid is all
about the use of angles and shapes. Energy collects in angles, shapes, and forms,
and you can learn to create these shapes and live in and around them. Energies are
formed and transmitted in this way. You will also discover certain degrees have
certain powers, and some angles are very uncomfortable for you to be in. It is
sometimes better to sleep in the middle of a room rather than having your bed
jammed into a ninety-degree angle, because the ninety-degree angle creates an
energy lock. In the middle of the room, the energy flows around you. In
third-dimensional reality, many portals are now being opened to bring about
evolution upon Earth.

At one time, the planet was sealed off and put in quarantine because there were
forces that fought here. There have been incredible wars upon this planet, and
some of the vestiges of these wars still exist as very barren areas upon the planet.
This was the time of chaos and confusion when creator gods fought creator gods.
During the most recent wave of wars, about ten or twelve thousand years ago,
Earth was sealed off because those beings who operated with light lost the battle.
Light does not always win, you know. Light is not always the victor as you think
of a victor, for light must learn to integrate with all portions of itself. Prime
Creator is within all things, and light and dark are part of the Creator. Therefore,
light must incorporate with the dark portion of itself.

Time has orchestrated and brought events together. A number of cycles were set
to pass since the last wars, after which time the energy portals into the planet
would again be opened so light could enter. This is that time period. Light is
being orchestrated to once again come onto the planet, and is increasing daily.
In order for energy to work its way through your consciousness, it must house
itself on the planet. Intelligence penetrates in the form of waves making
geometric shapes on Earth. It is not that a spaceship comes down, makes crop
circles in the night, and then takes off. Although some circles have been caused by
ship landings, intelligence can take the guise of any form it wants, and very often
intelligence comes in the form of a wave. A time will come when there will
actually be a wave of light that sweeps Earth. Intelligence is beyond the spoken
word and beyond the written word, for it is frequency that sometimes comes in
geometric shapes. Pythagoras had a beginning grasp of this, but his geometry was
not understood by others. Geometry is an evolved intelligence, a collection of
experience that can communicate huge amounts of information. Actually, crop
circles all over the planet are put there by sounds above human frequency to
implement these language shapes. Many times, in the beginning, these shapes are
circles. They will evolve into triangles, lines, and many other things. The crop
circles have been most prevalent in England and throughout Europe. However,
they are also in the area previously known as the Soviet Union and in South
America. They are even in the United States, although some people are doing a
good job of pretending they are not there. We understand some of your news
broadcasters are planning upcoming shows about these crop circles. We will see
how much they pretend they don't know about them. It is going to be interesting.
These geometric shapes are like hieroglyphs. The hieroglyphs and pictographs
carved in stone on this planet are a similar generation of intelligence. In other
words, when one were to read the hieroglyphs based on the Rosetta Stone, the
hieroglyphs would communicate one thing. When one were able to remember the
secret language of the priests, the hieroglyphs would tell another story. And when
one is able to understand the language of the creator gods, they would say
something entirely different.

The circles and shapes being put on Earth are here to assist you in holding and
managing your frequency and having the courage to live your light. They make
frequency information available in a very subtle way, and no one can figure them
out yet. These shapes are all connected to one another, and when they were all
written out simultaneously on some farmer's field, something would happen to
them immediately. They are spaced from one continent to another, and they move
a frequency band around the planet that will help activate Earth's gridwork. They
will allow you not to feel so weird with what you know and to feel more
comfortable with the changes in frequency as they occur. This is just a little bit of
what the crop circles do. They are quite interesting. Many of them are designed
and constructed by what some call Ascended Masters.

There is also a joke behind them. You must understand that some beings, as they
become very evolved, develop a tremendous sense of humor. They see the humor
in all things. As we have said, geometric shapes and forms are carriers of
intelligence. They are frequency waves that can be modulated and changed. The
shapes coming onto Earth are like energy gates or energy glyphs. They hold
intelligence and are being set up to eventually connect and make an intelligent
gridwork around the planet. This gridwork will have a frequency that humanity
can use to evolve. The whole language is not on the planet at this time. The
glyphs come onto Earth as a result of a certain evolvement of consciousness. They
work with places that are vortex centers that are now drawing them in. Over the
billions of years Earth has been in orbit, these centers have been covered over and
buried. Some have gone into dormancy, and many are being reawakened because
the seal around the planet has been penetrated. The crop circles are
phenomenological expressions of consciousness. They come into your reality to
show you the reasoning mind cannot control all data, much as it would like to.
These events occur to intersect with the coding of consciousness of all human
beings. Whenever reality cannot be explained, a certain niche is opened within
consciousness. The crop circles are completely beyond the logical mind.
Therefore, they force the consensus view of reality to expand, since reality, as
formerly designed, cannot house these events as a possibility. They are a trigger.
They force reality to move beyond its own limitations. There are a number of
reasons for the existence of the crop circles. Basically, they exist to force reality
to move -to get you feeling rather than thinking. Most who explore these circles
think their way through the circles rather than feel their way through them. Great
Britain is having a rash of them because, in general, the British have a very
logically oriented consciousness. However, the land of the British Isles is
imprinted with megalithic spirals and stone forms that have intensely imprinted
the intuitive faculties of the inhabitants. This phenomenon has no logic to it. It is
forcing a logically oriented society to recognize something that makes no sense,
and is being done in a very playful and obvious way without creating a threat to
anyone's view of reality.

Were ships to land everywhere, people would get upset. When corn lies down in
concentric circles and doesn't even break or die, no one really gets too upset.
Do you understand how energies play with you? It is necessary to do certain
things so you can get it and figure it out without having your circuits overloaded.
This language is being introduced onto the planet as a story -a glyph of
information that holds a frequency to assist you in holding your own frequency.
As you awaken, it is easy for others to read and recognize you. You are monitored
all the time, because there are devices that monitor the evolution and location of
consciousness. Once consciousness has reached a certain place, assistance is
brought from the outside to establish other realms of that frequency.
In other words, you open a restaurant, and it is a big hit. You run and maintain it
and sell really good food. Then someone comes along and says, "How about
franchising? Let's get you everywhere." These geometric shapes help you
franchise the frequency by spreading it all over the planet and holding it. They
bring you to a new level of attainment.


Chapter Eighteen


  SYMPHONIES  OF  CONSCIOUSNESS 


Light informs you. It uplifts you, because once you are informed, you feel more
powerful. When you are not informed you feel powerless. Sound is another way
to carry information because it is part of light. To you it may seem sound and
light are two separate things, because from your point of view you perceive light
with your eyes and sound with your ears. Because you use two separate areas of
perception on your body, it seems sound and light are separated as well. In
actuality, they are very connected. They wind themselves around one another
because they both carry information. Many of the structures built on this planet,
particularly ancient sacred sites, have information stored within stone.

In the same way, you have information stored within the bones of your skeletal
form. When you allow sound to move through you, it unlocks a doorway and
allows information to flood into your body. It also penetrates the ground,
affecting the vibrations of Earth and allowing a rearrangement of a molecular
alignment of information to take place. Those of you who use sound when you are
working on others' bodies bring about a rearrangement of the molecular structure
and create an opening for information to flood in. This kind of work will become
more and more profound.

In Tibet, when a master who was able to transcend realities passed over, the body
was kept and allowed to move into its own natural deterioration because the
skeletal form held a sensibility to frequencies. Information is stored in bone and
stone. In some places in Tibet where the lines of continuity in sects of monks can
be traced back for thousands and thousands of years, people have kept the skulls of
different masters. They have very secret crypts and rooms filled with these
skulls.. When one walks into these places, one can, through sound, access the
intelligence factors of the humans who once occupied those skulls.

Do you understand why crystal skulls were designed?

Crystalline structures are like holographic computers: they can transmit to the
evolved or plugged-in human a tremendous amount of information. They are
designed like skulls to act as a code for understanding your own skull and
understanding that the bone in your body is very valuable. 

Sound is a tool for transformation. Keepers of Frequency, which is what we are
encouraging you to become, learn how to modulate the frequency they hold
through sound. Sound can penetrate any substance, move molecules, and
rearrange realities. In ancient Egypt, the ankh, or symbol that represented life, in
actuality was a frequency modulator. It was utilized by individuals who were
masters of keeping frequencies and able to do many things with those frequencies.
The ankh is similar to a tuning fork and can direct sound. That is how it was used
a long time ago.

Before you will be able to experience using sound in the manner of the ancient
Egyptians, you will have to demonstrate your integrity. You will have to pass an
initiation or a testing to see whether you can be trusted with this kind of power.
This planet is not ripe for this kind of energy simply to be thrust into anyone's
hands. Were you capable of this kind of work at this time, your life would not be
safe because there would be too many who would want to misuse your gift.
You will be given abilities as you can best mature into them.

You can begin to work with sound by allowing it to "play" your body. Get
yourself centered, clear your mind, and allow tones to come through you. The
ancient mystery schools worked with sound in this manner, and it is a very
powerful technique when done in a group. Many years down the road, within this
decade, you will amaze yourselves with what you will perceive as the results of
your cooperative sounds or symphonies of consciousness playing themselves.
When you tone together, you will be shown what you can do without even
knowing you can do it. You will learn how to use and cultivate this kind of
energy to make your own ankh. When you buy a child clay, the child at first
doesn't know how to make many things, so you make little balls and spaghettis
for the child so he or she can see the potential within the clay. Then the child,
after playing with the clay for awhile, discovers his or her own sense of creativity
with form. The creative form of sound is shown to you first as a potential. You
are led and orchestrated through the use of this sound. Eventually, you will
discover on your own some of the things sound can achieve. Then you will
become more daring, and will learn what sound can create. Energies are
introduced this way to make certain there is not a misuse of them and you don't
overextend yourself or overdo out of enthusiasm. You will go very far with your
use of sound after working with it for awhile. It is like a powerful tool being
given to an infant. Without proper awareness, you could do things and not realize
the ramifications of what you are doing. Think about what sound does in stadiums
and auditoriums. The cheering or booing of a crowd creates an ambience.

When groups of you make sound together, you create an ambience for yourselves.
You allow certain energies to play the instrument of your bodies. You let go of
preconceived ideas and allow different melodies and energies to use your physical
bodies as opportunities to represent themselves on the planet.

In actuality, what you experience is the life force of energies you allow to express
through your own selves. You become channels. Just as our vehicle allows us to
come into your reality through her body, you allow a vibration to come onto the
planet in its full glory through your bodies and your joint cooperation.

You birth something. You create an opportunity, and an energy takes advan­tage
of that opportunity. Emotion, because it brings feeling and connects you to
feeling, allows you to recognize different states of consciousness. The logical
mind does not allow you to recognize states of consciousness because it holds
onto its own identity. It is locked into the boundary of ego and does not want to
recognize other areas. Feeling, however, always acknowledges other areas
because feeling discerns the difference. You can read the signs and the definitions
by the energy you call feeling. It is, in actuality, a vibration.
Sound brings about states of emotional feeling. When you create harmonics of
sound, it reminds your body of something. It reminds your body of light, of deep
cosmic love, and of other worlds. Your body comes into joy and sometimes
overwhelmingly into sadness. It seeks and accesses a frequency it has been
longing for, which the sound has reminded it of. As you allow sound to play your
body, you discover a frequency you have sought. This frequency is connected to
the evolution of the helixes within your body. Sound is a vehicle or conduit to
connect you to the higher chakras outside your body because you do not have a
way of accessing them logically. You must access all frequencies and chakra
centers by feeling, and sound will connect you with feeling, which will allow you
to understand the information. When sound could be pictured, some of you would
become entranced with watching it. There are realities where sound does picture
itself. You feel the movement and language of sound when you wave your body or
move your hands. You experience the richness of this form of communication and
how multidimensional all things are by feeling sound express itself. It has its own
language, and it has a form. Sound carries a certain frequency, and the body
recognizes the frequency. The body is keyed to respond to the acceptability of the
frequency.

The great master musicians such as Beethoven and Mozart were coded to bring in
information of a stable nature, for they received the harmonics of sound at the
time when there was great darkness over the planet. In order to keep a certain
remembrance open in the minds of the human race, lower vibratory rates of sound
were translated into the minds of these masters.

Sound is going to evolve. Now human beings can become the instruments for
sound through toning.

Human beings become the flute, the piano, the harp, the oboe, and the tuba. They
allow energies to use their physical bodies to make a variety of sounds they do
not direct or attempt to control the range of.

Spirit plays, and human beings simply observe the attendance of the symphony 
they and all the others are performing. It is quite profound. These harmonics can
be utilized in incredible ways, for harmonics can evolve many things. One of the
things important for utilizing these harmonics is to be very silent once the
harmonics are complete. The harmonics alter something; they open the door.
Certain combinations of sounds played through the human body unlock
information and frequencies of intelligence. Being silent for a long period after
the harmonics allows human beings to use their bodies as devices to receive and
absorb the frequencies and use the vehicle of breathing to take them into an
ecstatic state. When you tone with others, you have access to the group mind you
did not have prior to making the sound. It is a gigantic leap in consciousness. The
key word is harmony. When the entire planet can create a harmonic of thought,
the entire planet will change. That is what you are working for. You are going to
broadcast a frequency, and that sound is going to travel. It is going to become a
desperate aching and longing for the return to harmonics within the human race -
a return to the power of the group mind and the simultaneous empowerment of
the individual. What you intend to do with sound is of the utmost importance.
When you are not clear about your intentions, sound can have a way of
enveloping upon itself and growing beyond its original capacity. It doubles and
quadruples itself with its own impact.

It is very important for you to have a clear intention of what you plan on doing
with the sound. That is number one. Number two is sound stirs energy up. It
creates a standing columnar wave, building frequency upon frequency. This
energy can then be directed at or toward anything. You have heard about those
who marched around the city of Jericho. They marched for days around Jericho
and created a standing wave. The wave eventually built up so much energy the
city walls imploded. Native dance, rattling, shaking, and moving in circles
creates the energy of this wave. When you make sound in a circle, or in the
circumference of the pillar of light, you create a column capable of doing many
more things than you ever realized. It is capable of creating explosions and of
destroying and creating many realities. Among the war-oriented tribes, the
warhoop was used by those who went into battle. The unified and intended
invocation was to ask the nonphysical forces to accompany them. The warriors
would use this kind of sound to combat their opponents by allowing energy to
move through a portal and create a standing column. When you hear a sound like
a warhoop, you remember uncomfortable ways sound has been utilized because it
is very powerful. It makes others uncomfortable because it reminds them of the
responsibility of sound.

Some of you are petrified of sound; petrified of the sound of your own voice
speaking out and stating with clarity what you prefer. You have cellular memory
of what sound can achieve, and the impact or capability of what you can do with
it is to some of you rather devastating. Sound can link you to places where your
intellect cannot. Your intellect strives to categorize, but you cannot categorize
sound; you must simply experience it. Misuse happens through intent.
You can discover the power of sound and then misuse it to manipulate others.
What do you experience when you live in a city and hear sirens? Fear. That is a
misuse of sound, and it is altering your frequencies. It is a very base way to do so.
Those who make the sound know the result of it on the human psyche. It is jarring
and disturbing and keeps you from placing your attention somewhere else. That
frequency is like a lock; hypnotizing, and it captures your consciousness and your
intelligence.

It is as though your intelligence cannot focus any other place. It is almost like
being in a prison, because the sound imprisons your awareness so it becomes
addicted to or locked into a vibratory rate and does not seek anything else. It
becomes subdued. Think also of your televisions or the sound coming from other
electrical devices.

It is always upsetting to look at the different forms of frequency control and see
how powerful allies such as sound are used to control you. It creates a great deal
of anger, unrest, havoc, and excitement in many human beings when they hear
about the undercover devices used to manipulate consciousness. We share these
things with you for many reasons. The ultimate purpose is to bring you to greater
self-empowerment. You must realize you are not powerless in any situation and
your mind is the ultimate of your creativity. Your mind and thoughts design your
experience no matter what method of technology is being used.

Those who act in their own reality with impeccable guidance, commitment to
harmony, commitment to light, align themselves with their dimensional
counterparts who are doing the same. You make bridges of light and hold
light-encoded filaments as pillars and open portals. Those who are rewarded with
the understanding they are called to use sound as part of their work and who
recognize that call and respond to it will evolve at a rapid pace.

Those of you evolving at this rate will be called one day to represent many
people, represent world gatherings of consciousness, and change the available
frequency with your sound.


Chapter Nineteen


  IGNITING  THE  INTERNAL  FLAME 


The planet is looking for a balance in the self. Since the self is a composite of all
things, it is a harmonic that balances all your extraterrestrial selves,
multidimensional selves, male and female selves.

You are incredibly whole beings, which you are beginning to realize. Allow
yourself to blossom and come into this completeness. No one hinders you but
yourself. When you allow this completion, there are vistas awaiting you that are
beyond your imagination. You are discovering you need your emotional body and
both your femininity and masculinity. You need all you have been gifted with in
order to survive and understand what is unfolding upon the planet. Please realize
the severity of the times you are living in. As we spend time with each of you,
you in turn will be tested and then taken to teach many others when the time
comes. 
  
Through feeling, you can discover much more, for you are seeking to resolve
something and make something whole within yourself. To show yourself how
unwhole you are, you have created a situation of tremendous separation that
appears to be outside of yourself. It looks as though your drama has to do with a
powerful man against a powerful woman. Which one is going to be the victim?
Who is right, who is wrong? What is this internal drama actually saying? What
is this outside mirror that images what is going on inside of you?

As you access multidimensionality, you must merge male and female. You will
not stop at the separation or fight between men and women that has been going on
for thousands of years. Who is creating the separation between men and women?
It is the creator gods, who have set up this paradigm for you and instigated these
frequencies from other points of view. The separation story has served them well
because of the havoc it has created.

The male vibrations came into power in recent times some five thousand years
ago. In order to slowly recognize who they were, they completely and totally
disassociated themselves from anything that was formerly in power: the
matriarchal movement and females. Females operate traditionally through the
realms of intuition and feeling. Males have also been carriers of intuition and
feeling a multitude of times, but in this recent separation they did not carry
feelings with them. There was a huge schism, and the males and females on the
planet came into great conflict. Why did this occur?

It was a setup. It was set up by the creator gods who took over the planet and
raided the reality - feeding, keeping themselves alive and functioning, and
nourishing themselves off emotional turmoil. This planet has been subjected to all
kinds of plans and activities orchestrated to create greater and greater emotional
turmoil. The more people involved in these activities, the more potential for
emotional turmoil there has been. The creator gods instigated these activities and
set you up to work against each other. In order to bust this paradigm, as you all
are on assignment to do, you must change many of the separating structures that
have been set up. Whatever the separation may be between man and woman,
black and white, or Oriental and Caucasian - you must change it. You came onto
the planet purposely to insert yourselves as members of the Family of Light in
situations that are archetypal. As we have said, you are doing this so you can
understand the masses and transmute energy for them by being able to transmute
it within yourself. Once you make a healing or joining, you take it on and heal not
only yourself, you heal the species and mass psyche. Remove yourselves from
your personal drama and realize it is all symbolic.

See yourself as a female entity looking for identity, and notice how a male
identity constantly seems to oppose you. You must discover how you can bring
these identities together inside yourself. When this joining occurs inside you, it
will automatically proceed outside you. As you have journeyed upon this planet,
part of what you have come to heal is male dominion over the female. You don't
need to take what you are doing personally or carry it as a personal burden as
though it is just yours. It is not just yours; it is universal.

Each of you carries energies to resolve within your collective experience. As
members of the Family of Light, you each have your reincarnational goodies
-your "stuff"- in areas most impersonate you and you find to be stimulating. That
is why you are all different. As members of the Family of Light, you need to
branch out or fan out to get the hang of being human. You need to cover the full
spectrum of experience so you can comprehend from a cellular level how much
needs to be transmuted, how deep the sense of powerlessness runs, and how lost
the energy of the Goddess is from the consciousness of the species. Remember,
you are creatures who have been locked in development by frequency, and your
task is to bring human beings to the place where they can be poised to consciously
accelerate human evolution.

When you are locked in evolution by frequency and DNA manipulation, there is
only a certain kind of frequency that can broadcast. There is fighting with the self,
and things seem to be more separated. As you become more complete, you do not
separate things in such a way: you see all things are part of the experience.
Sometimes you become so lost in the experience of being human you forget what
you are here to do. As members of the Family of Light, you have come here to
transmute for the species. As soon as you get less attached to the dramas, you will
not feel so caught up and victimized by them. You will understand this is a
collective of energy you are dealing with. So, collectively, when you can come to
the realization inside yourselves, you can broadcast a new vibration for women
and men to harmonize with. Every time you feel as though you have made
headway, you have. Do not discount the steps you have taken. You discredit
yourself when you look at your behavior and judge yourself or others as bad. Look
for what you get out of everything. The conflict going on is actually between the
male and female inside you. You have not figured how to merge your male and
female parts, and there are millions of others with the same conflict. Be kind and
generous to yourself. As you build cooperation between your male and female
counterparts within yourselves, you will be able to find the cooperation to work
with one another on the planet and the cooperation to work with the beings who
come from space who are all yourselves.

You all need to become sovereign. As you change, you need to have a space
around you within which you can operate without feeling obligated to someone
else. At the same time, you cannot make demands on someone else without
allowing them the same right. You are redefining in many ways the whole
concept of relationship and cooperation. Relationship is cooperation. It is agreed
cooperation of frequency, or frequency modulation blending. Many of your old
ways of relating are becoming very irritating because you are discovering a
freedom frequency. Your assignment is to pull that freedom frequency onto the
planet. Of course, you will pull it into your own life, family, and relationships
first. Ideally, you will learn how to be free while still being involved in an
intricate number of relationships, relatings, and relayings of life.

Unfortunately, on this planet, relationships connote ownership. When a man and
woman get married, the woman's father traditionally has the role of giving her
away. In other words, a male figure must hand her over. There is an incredible
expectancy within relationships about another's behavior. Get clear about what
your idea of relationship is, and this will facilitate things in the long run. Just as
there is no ownership with parenthood, there is no ownership in a relationship.
You relate to one another as you relate energies back and forth. Ideally, there is
communication with all of this relaying and relating.

The male vibrations give their power away just as much as females. They give it
away to a government that says, "Here, go jeopardize your life. Go take a stand
and shoot for us. When your body gets chopped up, we will take care of you in a
hospital and give you a bit of money. What the heck; go for it," and the males just
obey. The chain of obeying and giving the power of the individual away is then
complete.

You are opening your feeling centers. Men tend to have greater blocks in their
feeling centers than women do. Energy in the male has been stuck, because it has
moved from the first chakra to the second chakra and stopped. The feeling center
in the male vibration has not been activated. This is part of the experiment that
has gone on for the last four or five thousand years.

The female energy, which feels and brings life onto the planet represents
creativity, moved into a submissive state in order for the male vibration to have
its opportunity, without feeling, to run the world. We want you to get the big
picture. We are looking at movements of consciousness.

The female, who carried the magic and the intuitive, agreed to give these up -
female meaning not just female physical beings but consciousnesses who were
female. Many of the native cultures that lived with Earth and knew about life
were very feminine. Remember the female literally brings life onto the planet, for
life comes out of the female body. The female therefore carries feelings, because
you can't bring life onto the planet and not feel - unless you participate in the
patriarchal movement that creates drugs to numb you from feeling. When you
can't feel life, you don't value life. When you feel life and participate in the
creation and deliverance of life, you value life much more because you know
about it.

The patriarchal movement over the last five thousand years has removed itself
from the birthing process so it could carry out its experimentations involving war
and the continual annihilation of people. The energy was purposely blocked in the
male. As we mentioned, the male energy is very stuck. We are not pointing
fingers. However, we are saying, in general, the energy of the male species on the
planet is very stuck in the second chakra or within the penis.

Females, you are stuck in your throats because you agreed four or five thousand
years ago to be silent about the magic and intuition of what you represented and
knew as one part of the twin flame. The twin flame is male and female existing in
one body, whether you are physically male or female.

The patriarchal society has been run by the male aspect of the self, which you all
have been. You have all experimented with consciousness and taught yourselves
about what works best, preparing for this time when the flames will be lit
together in your body. At this time, the twin flame is not sought as a partner
outside the self but is understood to be the integration of male and female selves
and the ripeness of all that self has done. After you have integrated the male and
female within yourself and activated your own twin flame, then, when you seek a
partner, you will seek someone complete, not someone to fill the need you have
not acknowledged or have not filled for yourself.

During these times of change, women are going to need to open their throats and
give themselves permission to speak out. Now is the time. And men, your
challenge in understanding women and other men is to feel, and let feeling enter
your expression of sexuality in your relationships. Many men now are having a
very difficult time with women. Women are driving men crazy. It is true. What
we are suggesting for the male vibration -and also for the female who operates in
the male aspect of herself- is you move into feeling in your sharing of sexuality.
Move into the emotionality of things, rather than just the sexuality and
stimulation of the body. There is an emotional stimulation that needs emotional
commitment and emotional trust. Electromagnetically, this emotional
stimulation will open a frequency within you. This frequency that sexuality
represents is a reminder of your godhood. The male shut down his feeling center
in order to experience stewardship upon this planet. He was able to carry on war
and to kill and dominate the planet because he had shut down his feeling center.
The female agreed to have her speaking center shut down so the male would have
the opportunity to experience being in charge of this system. All this is now
coming to a point of stabilization or equalization.

The female began to open her throat about thirty years ago, making the
opportunity to speak fashionable. The problem is many females ended up shutting
down their feeling centers as they opened their speech centers. They began to
become very much like males. A balance is needed. Now the female is finding the
need to awaken the feminine principle inside herself. She is in a female body and
has mastered the use of the male vibration within herself. She has gone out into
the world and feels powerful. She can walk the streets without a veil on her face
and  can decide whether she wants to be married. She is her own property.  She is
responsible in this country for her own decisions. She is beginning to soften and
awaken the portion of herself that nurtures her and brings her life. As she makes
herself whole with her male and female portions and allows herself to experience
the evolved DNA, she broadcasts this frequency. The frequency will become very
prevalent upon the planet.

It is inevitable that men will open their feeling centers. That is the next step men
must go through to establish a balance with the female. This will happen very
quickly for men. It will not be a thirty-year process because men at this time are
moving as a populace into confusion. Men are realizing they don't like what is
occurring, and they are questioning authority. At some point, the frequencies will
become predominant. Then, for example, a person may be experimenting on an
animal in a laboratory when their feeling center is suddenly and radically opened.
The person feels the pain the animal is feeling, and what they have been doing
becomes abhorrent. They turn around and walk away from the laboratory and
never go back because they are so shaken. This is what is coming for the male
vibration. We have said the male vibration will transform in a very short period
of time. We will not tell you why or how because some of you will consider it to
be entirely too ominous. However, we will say as the waves continue to come,
there will be a unilateral rising of consciousness within the population.

At a certain point, when men are in the deepest struggle of mastering feeling, the
feeling center will be activated. This will either occur gently, or will be blown
wide open. Women at the same time will be hit, infused, and enveloped with the
opening of the heart chakra so they can have compassion while they watch their
men feel. We are speaking of mass events that will trigger people through waves
of light. Female energy, which feels and connects life to life, is being awakened in
everyone. Women must redefine their ideas of femaleness and strength. They
must find what it is to be strong as females, just as men must discover what it is
to be vulnerable as males. What is the endearing aspect of the male when he is
vulnerable? What is the endearing aspect of the female when she is in
self-empowerment - when she is a feminine version of empowerment and not a
masculine version?

Women have had a hard shell around their energy fields; they have been
protecting themselves. Now they are going to develop true emotional strength.
That hard outer shell will diffuse, and the light body will radiate from the heart.
The goddesses and gods are agreeing and working with this energy. It is so
decreed that this is how the drama will unfold. The old stories have been buried
and covered that recount the magic of the female, the creator, the one able to
bring birth, the one holding the mystery of blood -the life force- and the one able
to put that life force back into Earth. Where are the stories of the Goddess - she
who loves, feels, and nurtures? The male species used to have Goddess energy
inside, too, and felt the need for the Goddess. In order to better control the planet
during the last several thousand years, all of the myths have been given you by
extra terrestrials. They have seeded all your religious institutions. We have said
you are an experiment. At times, the experiment has been uplifting and loving,
but in recent times it has moved into incredible decay.

You, as members of the Family of Light, have come to raid this planet and pull
light back onto it so the nonsense of separation and war never need be believed
again. Man and woman are meant to complement each other, not oppose each
other. Remember, feeling is emotion. Emotion is the key to getting off this planet;
it is the key to figuring out the multidimensional self, healing it, and becoming
one. It is also the key to lovingly activating Earth as a Living Library, returning a
valuable area of existence from extinction. With men and patriarchal society in
charge of this planet for the last several thousand years, and women taking a
position underground -not even in the back seat- separation has been the theme
and emotion has been pushed aside, given a bad name, frowned upon. You have
been automatons, performing roles that were given you to keep you separated.

You do not have a pantheon of powerful female creator images. You have nothing
on which to pattern a positive image of the empowered feminine. So men are
striving to be male and women are striving to be empowered through a male
vibration because you do not have a clear vision of the empowered female. You
must create it. Begin to recognize the wealth of energy in the female version of
self, which is intuition, receptivity, creativity, compassion, and nourishment. You
are discovering there is a wealth of identity in an essence that has been
discredited for a long time. When you are female, you are a living form of that
essence. Men must discover their form of the Goddess within themselves where
the Goddess meets the god in them. By the same token, the view of the masculine
is distorted. You do not have an example of an empowered, feeling male. Society
has deemed feeling males "soft" and lacking in masculinity. Men are beginning to
look at their emotions and say, "Hey, I feel this," and know that they are still men.
So men and women are both creating role models for empowered, integrated
versions of masculine and feminine. These models are coming, and they are
coming quickly. The time for separation is finished. As we mentioned, it is not
outside yourself you are looking for a twin flame partner.

You are looking for the integration of the female and male essence within
yourself. They make one whole. Whole people are looking to connect with other
whole people in relationships based on trust, desire, and choice. The relationships
are not based on "I need you in my life to complete me and validate me." You
become complete in yourself and operate with someone else who is complete in
themself and offers a whole new territory to explore. When you marry that twin
flame inside yourself, you are recognizing the intuitive, Goddess, life-bringing,
sensitive portion of yourself as well as the portion of yourself that is powerful,
rational, and intellectual. One that is very much of the Earth plane and the other
is very much of the spiritual plane. When you merge these energies together in
yourself, it will be imperative you find someone who has the same qualities. You
will not fit with someone who is not integrated and whole. You will
automatically draw whole people to yourself, and it will be effortless. You will
be able to plug into one another out of desire and recognition, not out of need.
You will achieve something you never recognized as a possibility in any
relationship before, and you will give relationship a very new personality, a new
boundary, a new definition. You will become your own role models for this new
type of relationship.

Many of you will find the marriage institution is meaningless. It will not fit and
house what you know or how you want to live. As all of you are on the path of
integrating the polarities within yourselves, difficult issues are going to come.
Lip over and over again. Welcome the difficult times, for they can be your
greatest teacher. Stay focused on your own growth, your own path, and your own
self, and not on what others are doing. Call on your own internal masculine and
feminine and set up a dialogue between them so they can begin to work in
partnership and harmony. Give yourself a lot of love and encouragement. Make
an appointment with yourself and say, "I love you, self. You are a wonderful self.
You are A-Number-One, the best self." When you give yourself the dignity of
your own love, as though you were royalty receiving the accolades of the people,
everything changes. Strength and integration become yours because you believe
in and love who you are. When you believe in and love yourself, everything starts
to go your way. The most difficult thing for most of you is making the
commitment to believe you deserve love. No one else has to love you. You are
not here to go around gathering love from other people to convince yourself that
you are worth it.

You are here to master a very difficult task in a system that is dark and gives very
little input, stimulation, or information about the true story.

You are here to do the impossible. By committing to love yourself and making
this commitment the number one step from which you operate every day,
everything falls into place. You become whole and complete. Then you are ready
for a bonded relationship with another who is complete, and that relationship can
take you into unexplored realms.


Chapter Twenty


  SEXUALITY - A  BRIDGE  TO  HIGHER  LEVELS  OF  CONSCIOUSNESS 


When the library of yourselves was torn from the shelves and scattered, and DNA
was split so there were only two strands left with very little data and very little
memory, sexuality was left intact in the physical body. It was left as a form of
reproduction, of course - as a form for the species to stay in touch with its own
essence and bring itself into life. Very deep inside the mechanism of sexuality is a
frequency that can be attained that has been sought after and misunderstood by
many people. It is called orgasm. The orgasm has been distorted from its original
purpose. Your body has forgotten the cosmic orgasm of which it is capable
because society has taught you for thousands of years sexuality is bad. You have
been taught this in order for you to be controlled and to keep you from seeking
the freedom available through sexuality. Sexuality connects you with a frequency
of ecstasy, which connects you back to your divine source and to information.
Sexuality has been given a bad name upon this planet, and that bad name is stored
in your cellular memory. This is not just from this lifetime; it is from thousands
of years of misappropriation and misuse. It is necessary for you to clear the
negativity surrounding sexuality from this lifetime, as well as to experience and
examine how you utilize sexual energy and sexual expression in your
multidimensional selves.

The sexual parts of the body are avenues to pleasure that create frequencies which
heal and stimulate the body and potentially lead it to its higher spiritual self.
Sexuality is so misunderstood on this planet that, when it is exchanged between
two persons, very seldom is there an intent to connect spirituality with it.
Sexuality invokes a spirituality that is free and looks at itself as a creator. Very
seldom is sexuality used as a bridge to take you to higher levels of consciousness.
We have spoken with a number of individuals who have been utilizing light.
Since finding the proper partner in a monogamous situation, they have been able
to achieve very high states of being. Monogamy tends to work for most of you
very well because of where you are vibrationally. When you have many partners,
you tend to be less than honest and to hide who you are: you share a little here,
there, and everywhere in scattering your seed. It is best to be with one person, but
this does not mean the same person forever.

Be loyal, be open, and be sharing with the person you are working with, and go as
far as you can with them. When it happens to be your whole life, wonderful.
When it doesn't, then when you come to a place where you are no longer
communicating and serving one another, and you feel the relationship is not
going to be able to make a leap, terminate the relationship and find another
person who works with your vibration. When you work one-on-one intimately,
you develop trust. Most of you have difficulty trusting yourselves because you
don't have a role model for trust. You can learn about trust in a relationship
because a relationship acts as a mirror for you, showing you what you cannot see
from your own viewpoint. It shows you yourself outside of yourself when you
have open communication within sexuality and deep intimacy, and when you are
not using sexuality as a distraction for getting close. Many of you have used
sexuality as a distraction and a way to avoid intimacy rather than to develop it.
You begin to get energy and look into one another's eyes, to feel all hot and
excited. Then, instead of exploring each other intimately and spiritually, you shut
down your feeling centers, put on your armor, and have shallow, genital sex
because it is too frightening and too intense to go the deeper route of full body
and full spiritual connection. Sometimes hot sex feels great and is wonderful. We
are simply saying there is more. There is much more, and no one is keeping it
from you except yourselves and the beliefs and fear you have of letting down your
boundaries and walls. Many fears you have are based on what you have created
for yourselves, what you have done to others in your sexual life. Your sexual
history affects every other portion of your soul, so all of your soul's issues are
broadcast loud and clear throughout your body. You don't want to look at this
sometimes because it is too painful, and you judge it because you think it is bad.

Stop judging, and get neutral about what you have done - no matter what you
discover, no matter how heinous it seems, no matter how difficult it seems, and
no matter how much violation it involves. Understand your purpose has been to
gather data and understand your selves. Sexuality is a frequency. It represents
what was not taken away from you even though your history, memories, and 
identity were removed and scattered. The way you were left intact with the
ability to discover who you were was through the sexual experience. Of course,
you were never taught this. We are going to do some church bashing here. So
sorry for anyone who is a member of the churches. The churches came about as
organizations - businesses to control religion and spiritual development and
create jobs, create a hierarchy, and to create a club. Very few churches came about
with the idea of bringing information to people. You don't usually think of
religion as something that keeps you informed, do you?

Any religion that brings information is a religion operating on the vibration of
truth. Spiritual realms are places of existence the human body is locked away
from. Because sexuality was an opportunity for human beings to regain their
memory, or connect with their spiritual selves and spiritual creator, or find an
avenue to the spiritual realm that you are sealed off from, the churches came
about and promoted sexuality for procreation. They taught you the only reason
you had sexuality was to produce little humans. Sexuality was promoted as
something very bad. Women were told sexuality was something they had to
undergo to serve men and they had no control over the birthing process. Women
believed this; hence, to this day, you believe in general you have no control over
that portion of your body. You must realize only you decide whether you are
going to birth a child or not. This is not such a complicated thing as you have
been told. Decision and intention are what bring the experience to your being.

You can control whether you have a baby or not. Would woman had had this
ability for the last several thousand years, and would she have been able to
explore her sexual self without fear of having a child, perhaps men and women
would have discovered they were much freer than they had been told they were.
The discovery of the highest frequency of sexuality arises from the love
experience. It has nothing to do with relationships being homosexual or
heterosexual. It has to do with two human beings bringing pleasure to one another
in a way that opens frequencies of consciousness. You have bought many ideas
about what is proper and what is improper within sexual expression. Love is the
essence that is to be created in all relationships. When you love and honor
someone, it doesn't matter what your composition of density is. What matters is
the love vibration and how you explore this love, which ideally is gifted and
coupled with the integration of the male and the female counterparts that make
the twin flame. Ideally, sexuality is explored through feelings. The third and
fourth chakras connect you to the emotional and compassionate selves, which
connect you to the spiritual self.

The spiritual self is the part of yourself that is multidimensional ­ through which
you exist in many forms simultaneously. It is your assignment, agreement, and
task to be aware of all these realities in the identity that you are. When you are
aware, you can time into the different frequencies, remember who you are, and
change the vibratory rate of this universe. We love to talk about sexuality because
it is so mysterious upon this planet. Certain mystery schools have held some
knowledge about the potential uses of sexuality in secrecy. You are
electromagnetic creatures, and when you come together physically with another
human creature, you bond your electromagnetic frequencies together.
When your frequencies are attuned and joined by a love frequency, incredible
things can occur.

Thousands of years ago, when society had more of a matriarchal view in certain
areas of the planet, Goddess energy was coming through and working with certain
individuals. The female understood her power, her intuition, her feeling center,
her connection, and her desire to create life. She also understood she never had to
conceive a child would it not be her intention to do so. In order for the patriarchal
society to come full circle and prepare Earth for this shift in consciousness,
female energy needed to take a back seat. So female power, energy, and
understanding of sexuality were suppressed. In modern times ­the past two
thousand years- it came to be upon the planet that women believed they had no
control over when they could have children, that sexuality was deemed bad and
disgusting, and sex was taught to be performed only within the rights of
marriages and so on. All of this was a marketing program.

Some of the present-day marketing programs to create an even greater fear of
sexuality and its expression are the new diseases: AIDS, herpes, and all the other
things. You read about these things in your newspapers and become frightened of
your own expression, frightened of your own intuition, and frightened of your
own joy. Do you understand? Before DNA was rearranged, the way many people
reached the higher realms and were able to climb the ladders of themselves and
reach into off-planet frequencies was by electromagnetically bonding through
love. They created a rocketship-like experience to propel them out into other
systems of reality. This has been one of the best kept secrets upon the planet.

Many we have spoken to have had absolutely profound experiences with their
sexuality. We would like to point out again we are not making distinctions or
judgments about who you happen to bond with in a relationship, and we suggest
you give up that judgment as well. It is old programming. It does not matter
whether you bond with a member of the opposite sex or a member of your own
sex. We are talking about two humans coming together by physically joining
themselves in whatever ways are appropriate for them to join and create love,
because they are sharing love. When integrity and love are missing from a joining
of human bodies, that is when human beings do not think well of their experience.
This can create all kinds of damaging results within the physical body. You were
left with the frequency of the orgasmic experience in sexuality so you could
remember your higher identity. When this energy or history of yourself is
revealed and you discover who you are, you will unite many bodies of your
personal multidimensional identity in your physical form. To receive the full
impact of the gridwork of your identity, let the twelve helixes fit in your body
and allow the light-encoded filaments to rearrange themselves. This process has
to do with the mental body, which is of course connected to the physical body.
The emotional body, which is connected to the spiritual body, is the body that
everybody wants to skip.

You say, "I want to evolve. I want a rapid acceleration, but I do not want to go
through the feeling center to do it." You are connected to your multidimensional
selves through your feelings, and it is in your feelings you primarily get stuck.
Accept your "stuff" comes up for a reason. Many of you would like to bury your
"stuff" and throw it out in the trash as though it is something ugly and not who
you are. This "stuff" is the shadow portion of your identity you don't like to deal
with or accept. We understand that sometimes, when something comes Lip, you
label it and say, "I hate this part of myself. I want to just finish it and sweep it
under the rug and forget it. I'm finished with this stuff." Guess what. Your "stuff"
-your issues- are the treasures of your life. They are how you  learn. You have
agreed to mutate, to pull light into your body, and birth the Family of Light on
this planet. Since light is information, you must deal with all the things you have
hidden from yourself. Sexuality is the primary issue because it is the secret self
-the self you hide from. Society has said to you, "This is good. This is bad. You
are to do this. You are not to do this." Who gave you these laws? Who gave you
any of your laws to begin with?

You have been stuck because you can't read the symbols of the language you are
speaking to yourselves. So you dwell upon it. Many of you love your stories
because they get you attention. Would you not have a story, who would talk to
you? Observe your body and see what it is teaching the self. Ideally, you will heal
the sore and create a place of greater comfort and joy as you learn to dwell more
completely in your physical body and have a new identity of your sexuality.
Sexuality is a key. It is a doorway to the higher realms of consciousness. As you
redefine yourselves, and the light-encoded filaments give you a new definition of
yourselves, you are going to change who you are sexually as well. Sexuality must
come up for all of you, and, we will say from experience, it is the area that you
are most frightened of at this time. We guarantee there will be more frightening
areas later.

When you are stuck on the idea of love and cannot comprehend what is going on
with it, your difficulty is you are looking for love outside yourself. You are
looking for somebody else to put meaning in your life and validate you. When
you do not have that person, you become angry or feel you are worthless. This is a
pattern you grew up with, which your parents and society showed you. We have
said over and over again the most important thing you can do is love yourself and
honor Earth. But you keep forgetting this and looking for the next relationship to
make you whole or complete. You feel without a relationship you are perhaps less
than an acceptable citizen. Then you feel lonely. You must learn how to be alone.
Loneliness is simply a state of mind. You are never, never alone. You have
multitudes of entities around you. Would you to stop feeling sorry for yourselves,
you would find there is so much data constantly being blasted at you that you may
want to be alone so you can have a good time receiving the contact. When you
love yourself and stop getting convoluted about the need to have someone else
love you, you are able to accept what someone offers. It is imperative you value
yourself so you do not settle for a love disguised. When you decide to go for a
partner or to vibrate with someone, and you do not receive what you want, do not
whine, nag, or pout about the person, to make them change according to your
needs.

When you set a value for yourself and do not create it, then simply change your
reality and continue onward alone until you meet someone who reflects your
value. All the while, vibrate in love of the self, honor the self, and understand the
journey here is about self­discovery in relationship to others. It is not just about
husbands or wives. The journey here is about honoring your physical body and the
uniqueness of the self as you touch the lives of many. Always allow yourself to
work with the self and let the self evolve. You are all afraid of being intimate
with yourselves - of being alone with the self. Once you develop an intimacy, a
silence, a self-love, and a containment of your energy, then you will want to make
that aspect of intimacy your standard for intimacy with someone else. Sexuality
can be very confusing at this time because you are raising and studying your
frequencies. When you join bodies, even when you hug one another, you exchange
frequency. When you have a sexual experience, there is a hormonal release inside
the body. The hormones awaken certain energies inside the cells, and there is a
transference of one person's essence onto the other person. That is why when you
have had sexual experiences with someone, you sometimes cannot get their
energy off you. Even though you don't want to be with the person, the sexual
experience stays with you because you have had an electromagnetic exchange.

You are going through this frequency modulation and learning how to raise your
frequency to a place of consistent information, self-love, and self-intimacy.
Therefore, it can seem very confusing and sometimes frightening to take this
vulnerable thing you are learning about yourself, layer up and merge with
another. The more you become aware, the more you take charge of how you use
your body, where you plug it in, where you sit it down, and certainly whom you
mix it with sexually. When expressing yourself sexually encouraged your greatest
growth, you would automatically create that experience for yourself because you
would be ready for it. Understand, during the process of evolving the self, very
often a period of dormancy in sexual activity occurs. Within the sexual frequency,
you exchange with one another. So when you are bonding yourself and chemically
exchanging with a person who is not of your likeness, you are taking on their
garbage because you are exchanging energy quite intimately. Sometimes you will
be led away from that kind of exchange. You may think, "Oh, my goodness, what
is happening? Am I turning old? Am I drying up? What is going on?" That is not
the case. You can learn to use the energy that would stimulate you sexually
without giving it over to another person. Instead of getting chaotic and crazy, you
may explore that energy by practicing the art of masturbation, knowing it is
perfectly legitimate and fine to do it. Or, you may want to simply observe you
feel a sexual arousal and decide what you are going to do with it. You may say,
"Well, I'm not going to act on this now. Let's see where this energy goes." Take
the energy, let it rise through your body, and use it in other areas.

You will get to a point when you must adore, sustain, and love yourself as though
you were holding yourself like a newborn babe in your own arms, knowing you
will do the best for yourself. Many of you distract yourselves. Find the place of
serenity and silence in which you can find answers. You cannot find answers by
dialing the telephone all day long and asking everyone else for them. When you
attempt to, you are demonstrating you are looking outside of yourself. When you
learn how to turn within to find answers, the self will speak. Usually you cannot
hear because you are locked in behavioral patterns you know you have to change
but you don't want to change because you don't know who you will be. In all
honesty, you are afraid of yourselves. This is a very common thing. You are afraid
you will not be complete, and you want to be complete very much. So you say, "I
am complete. I am sovereign. I need someone else. I am attracted to someone. Oh,
no, I cannot look. I am too frightened of that. I don't need anyone. I do need
someone." You go back and forth. Learn to still your mind. Learn to become
completely in charge of your energy.

What does that mean? It means wherever you are, you observe yourself - how
your body is positioned, how you are using your hands, whether you are repeating
yourself over and over again, whether you are speaking or silent. Learn to watch
yourself with no judgment. Learn to watch and self­correct by determining how
you would like to be versus how you are. Learn to quiet your mind.

Frequency is carried from you to another person particularly when there is a love
bonding. A love bonding does not mean you are going to cleave to one another
forever. It simply means you are in a relationship for however long you deem that
relationship appropriate in that you honor one another, exchange energies and let
the energies flow as though through open circuitry. When you do not love
another and you are not bonded, there is no exchange; the circuitry does not open.
It does not mean you cannot have good sex; it simply means the circuitry is not
open. As this electrical current is raised higher and higher, there are greater
heights of orgasmic experience the human body can receive because the nervous
system is able to handle the higher ecstatic frequencies. The nervous system will
determine how you express yourself and how you feel. When you have a poorly
evolved nervous system, your sexual experience will be very limited because the
nervous system conducts the electrical current. The orgasmic experience brings
about a healing and realignment of the physical body. Eventually, you will not be
able to get close to or be with someone who is not operating at the same voltage
you are. You simply will not fit. It would be like putting a size nine foot into a
size two shoe. It won't work or be comfortable. You won't fit because you won't
be able to merge vibrationally.

You will eventually understand the importance of vibrational nourishment as you
begin to link sexually. Linking sexually is only one way of merging with people
who are moving at the same or a compatible voltage rate. Your reality is very
interesting to us because you have so many clues in your waking world. When
you go to a foreign country, your electrical appliances do not plug in. They don't
fit, so you need an adapter. It would be stressful would you have to continuously
adapt to a vibration when you were involved intimately in a sexual relationship.
It would be too much effort. You would spend all your energy creating the
adaptive mechanisms. Then you would be in denial and not give yourself
permission to go further because you would lower the ceiling. The sixties marked
the opening of sexual exploration. In an instant, the paradigm shifted. Much of the
energy on the planet at that time, coupled with the experimental ingestion of
different mind-altering substances, immediately made a new paradigm and split
you from previous generations. The boundaries were instantly changed. You were
split from a generation that believed in war and did not feel - a generation whose
sexual expression was done in the dark, perhaps with many clothes on. You broke
the paradigm wide open in many ways, and set new trends, created new ways of
being. It was wonderful. "Oh, goodness, free sex, love, and bodies showing!" you
said. Now it is time for a whole new revolution through which you will become
vibrationally hooked to a person. There will be no more distractions of sexuality
and no more pretending you are without hangups - that you are sexually liberated
because you can be in this position and that position and say this and do that. That
is simply body aerobics in the area of sexuality.

We want you to get into the aerobics and contortions of the soul - the vibration.
The depth of two people coming together and linking in this capacity is what you
all crave. When you are frightened of it, it is because you don't have a framework
or role model for it. You must design one. You must trust that somehow the
energy in the design of the cosmic blueprint will instantly bring about a new
movement based on the desire for this next step of understanding yourselves.
You will remember with great clarity your expressions of sexuality in your
different manipulations through reality ­ when you have been both men and
women and explored sexuality in every aspect. It takes courage to do this.
When there is one area in which you really judge yourselves, and in which the
planet does great judging, it is sex. You have had some definite ideas about what
is sexually proper and improper. So, many of you may be shocked to remember
what you have done with your sexuality. Understand, on this planet, sexuality has
always been the body's link to its higher frequency. Even though much of the data
was scattered and disassembled in the body, this potential to create life remained
for you to completely understand who you are at the base of your being and at the
core of who you are. Sexual vibration has been your link with your cosmic
identity, but this whole concept has been completely misunderstood and lost. We
are simply saying there is a bigger story and it is much more exciting than anyone
has dared to believe.

There were those who did not want you to be in tune with these frequencies
because the sexual frequencies could have taken you to areas of liberation where
you would have begun to figure things out. Sexuality was left as a frequency for
you to ride through the nervous system and connect with the higher mind by
going out of your body. Would you have been told this was the route out, who
could have controlled or manipulated you? The population must clear the
negative connotations and judgments that have colored your sexual experience for
eons. You must make peace with sex in order to integrate the frequencies and
identity. Things have been manipulated and given a boundary of limitation so the
truth of sexuality has been kept from you. You have been told you can procreate
with it and have orgasms, but you have not been told you can open frequencies
with it.

You can come into contact and use it as a method of remembering who you are
and altering the vibrational frequency of your body. In the next few years, your
expression of sexuality will have a whole new dimension. You will evolve and
grow, provided you have a partner who is willing to take the same route and be
that open. But when you are with someone who wants to play the avoidance game
or the game of denial, you will not get there.


Chapter Twenty-One


  YOUR  COMMITMENT  EVOLVE  IN  3-D 


From our point of view, you all have knowledge, and you just need to activate the
memory that is stored inside your being. We've noticed some of you, from your
location of experience, are out there moaning and groaning, saying, "We need
help and assistance now and again." So let us suggest to you an avenue you can
definitely walk down - a formula that works. The formula is quite simple. It is for
you, in the moment and every day, to consistently set out with clarity what you
wish to experience.

Perhaps what you want falls into a category of impossibility according to
someone else's boundary or someone else's limitation. With a sense of deserving
and graciousness, discover inside yourself what will bring you happiness. What
makes you feel light and connected and alive? What do you desire that will bring
peace on the planet as you occupy your own being?

Whatever those things are, begin to want them.

Call them to yourself by saying, "It is my intention I experience a harmonious
lifestyle. It is my intention to experience health and energy that lead me to
creative adventures. It is my intention I be well provided for, that shelter, food
and all the things I need to experience life be given to me in great abundance, and
that I pass this great abundance on and share it with others."

These are not ideas you have been trained to think of. Two or three times a day,
devote a small portion of your time to getting clear about what you want.

Every day open the energy centers in your body and above you. Every day, by
calling the frequency of light. We call this the pillar of light. Picture a beam of
light coming into your twelve chakra centers, seven inside your body and five
outside your body. These chakras are information centers or vortexes that, once
activated, begin to spin. When they spin, they create a movement inside your
body that activates the light-encoded filaments to work together, rebundle, and
form the twelve evolving helixes in the body.

It is very important for everyone who wishes to be in complete balance with their
physical being to practice, on a regular basis, some kind of deep-breathing
program. This is a program in which breath is very important and oxygenation is
practiced so that oxygen is brought into the body.

Another activity we recommend for those of you who wish to move into a vast
acceleration of energy is spinning. Move from left to right, spinning around and
focusing your vision on your thumb, counting and spinning. We recommend you
spin thirty-three times at least once a day. You may build up to thirty-three spins
very slowly. When you are able to work up to thirty-three spins, three times a
day, so you are spinning ninety-nine times, well, we will see how long you stay
on the planet - or at least in this dimension. When you complete spinning,
however many times you spin, bring your palms together at chest level. Press
them together, keeping your eyes open, and balance yourself with your feet at
shoulder's width apart so you feel anchored and still feel the spinning at the same
time. This tremendously accelerates the spinning of the chakra systems inside
your body, which tremendously accelerates the rate at which you can interpret
and receive data.

So, the methods to use are intention, breathing, using the pillar of light, and
spinning.

We will add a postscript to these. As you are electronic beings who are altering
your frequency at a very fast rate, we would recommend you drink a tremendous
amount of water: fresh water, purified water, or spring water. Water acts as a
conduit or conductor. It keeps your system open and flowing.

There are many other things you can do.

Learn to have altered-state experiences and not feel out of control. Cultivate them
and go into them to gather information, change probabilities, move onto the
corridor of time, and alter your own lives. Then come out of them with complete
and total use of your will with respect to how you use these altered states.
When you learn to do this, the acceleration will be absolutely phenomenal.
When there are many consciousnesses on the planet registering that kind of
ability, the whole network that organizes and monitors human consciousness
alters itself. More energy is able to come onto the planet because there are those
who can accommodate it. Everyone can learn to accommodate and honor this
energy, because it must be housed. It is like an oil well. What good do oil wells
do were they untapped and shooting off here, there, and everywhere? Very little;
they just create a mess. However, when you take energy gifts from Earth such as
oil wells, sources of natural gas, or waterfalls and you combine them with your
will, you put together a purpose or way of directing the energy. Then a wealth
occurs for those of you who direct these natural resources. The most essential
aspect of this entire process of directing and housing energies is to value Earth
and her experience first and foremost. You are being given an incredible natural
resource at this time, and must tap it and direct it. Then you will all become very
wealthy individuals in the realms of accessibility and mastery.

Many of you want to reach the higher realms and stay there, forgetting your task
is here on Earth. You must learn to stay grounded. The necessity of being
grounded is something many of you do not understand. You will soon find out
when you move into greater and greater acceleration and you do not have grounds
-things to connect you and pull the worlds into one,­ you may have difficulty
with your nervous systems. When frequency changes and more light comes into
the body, the typical vehicle begins to receive much more data. Sometimes you
get very bored living in your world, and just want to come into data receptivity
and forget about what you consider the mundane world. When you are not
grounded, you will not have a way of allowing that information to enter your
reality and be put to use. It could simply overload your system, or you could not
be able to translate what you are getting and stay calm. You need to balance many
worlds at once. How do you do this? By intention, by practice, and by decree.
Grounding allows worlds to merge and allows you to access many worlds. It
allows you to feel surges of energy and then direct these surges of energy where
and when you need them - to become superhuman.

A good way to ground yourself is to go outside and sit on the ground. So go
outside and be in nature. Stand or sit next to a tree for awhile. Put your chair in
the sun and read a book with the sun shining on you. Or go swimming, or put
your feet in water. These are the elements. They make up Earth, so you can feel
them. As you evolve and your entire species moves to merge dimensions, your
nervous systems must be able to translate all this information that will change
how you define your world. This is coming.

In the last year, the information you may have known for years has become much
more public. Many more people who have not been interested in extraterrestrials
or personal development have become either interested or at least aware of these
things. They are aware there is a growing movement and that something is
changing all over the world, not just in the United States. There is a conflict of
energies at this time, which you could call either a skirmish or a grand battle. The
battle is going to become grander still because it is a battle over whose frequency
will prevail on this planet and who will own, manipulate, and train your
frequency. Who are you, as a frequency in disguise as a human, and what
specifically is your job in this time? It is essential to know who you are and what
you are doing when you are doing it.

As you become interdimensional and multidimensional, and as the frequencies
alter and energies accelerate, your body goes through a drastic rapid change that
the nervous system, the conveyer of information, must handle. You must learn to
handle many realities at once, to realize you are doing this, and to have a place
-Earth- to translate information into. You would not be here were it not
important for you to ground information and energy into Earth. So whenever you
find yourself electrified or energized, realize you are in an altered state.
Realize also how many versions of altered states there are and you must instruct
yourself to become a conduit, like a big pipeline. When you know you are in an
altered state and are being given information, healing energy, exaltation, or
upliftment, act as a pipeline. Funnel the energy through yourself, acknowledge
and recognize you are in a multidimensional expression. Register this, but do not
analyze it. Just let the energy filter through you into Earth, and it will make more
sense later on.

You can discover your emotional body by making a decree you believe emotions
can be trusted. Decree you believe emotions are good, that they are safe, and can
take you somewhere, that they are beneficial, and are not just in the way or
misunderstood. Any time emotions are released in you, look to see what they do
for you. When you have a fight with your child and your child screams at you
then afterwards you feel bad and cry, look at your emotion. What is the emotion
doing for you? Whenever you are in emotion, you are accessing information from
many realities. Find that frequency and hold it. It is somewhat of a universal
belief that emotions are uncontrollable. They are not. You can control emotion,
and you do not have to go out of control. Emotion can become a frequency inside
you through which you feel to the depth and core of your being. Yet, someone
may look at you and not have any idea anything is going on with you. This does
not mean you are blocking; it simply means you have set up a way to feel an
emotion and not feel bad or good about it but just recognize you are feeling it.
See what you can do with an emotion. Where does it take you? What is the next
step?

Disengage from the event that brought about the emotion. That will help some of
you. Bodywork serves to bring about a release. You have used the tissue and
muscle of your body as armor to cover up your skeleton. This tissue has
compacted and buried itself and kept what is in the skeletal form from rising to
the surface. You want to access information within bone, for bone is where the
story is held, while the blocks are held in tissue. You must go through all these
layers to get to the truth inside your body. Your blueprint, or what you came onto
this planet to achieve, begins to get excited when you get close. Just like the game
you played when you were a child; you would hide something, and when someone
got close, you would say, "warmer." Your body gets excited as your blueprint
begins to take over and you move out of your logical mind and into experience.
That is because you are aligning yourself with your purpose.

Your body, not your mind, takes in the information. When you allow your
emotions to have free reign, you will have a much more satisfying experience
than would you to judge your emotions, not understand what you are going
through, and attempt to control them. You need your emotions. We cannot
emphasize that enough. Some of you pride yourselves on the fact you don't have
emotion. This will not work much longer because you will find what you pride
yourself on will bring about your destruction.

You may feel as though you have worked things through with your parents. It
would be more accurate to say you have had as much vision as has been possible
at a given time. When you experience some sort of bodywork or crystal work, or
create any kind of movement to higher ground, you get a bigger picture.
Information is stored and written in stone. Information is also stored and written
in bone. That is why it is important to work with the skeletal structure, because it
houses much of your experience in this lifetime. Let things come out, and do not
chastise yourself because you thought you were finished with certain events. Say,
"This is wonderful! There is more here. I love it!" Use the experience as though
you are discovering a gold mine ­ as though you are discovering you are a newly
birthed, wealthy person. All you go through is what you decide you have to go
through. You don't know how much you are clearing. You are opening avenues of
consciousness for the planet, not just for yourselves.

The good thing is what you are clearing now is the easier stuff. Some of the
far-out bizarre stuff will come later when you will be so blase about it that it
won't make any difference. Everything happens in its own time.

The mutation occurring is the evolution or plugging-in of internal data to
external data. The clearing occurring is the accessing of all the emotional bodies
you have been frightened of using. You need to access your emotional body in
order to understand your spiritual body. As we have said, the mental body and
physical body go hand in hand, while the emotional body and spiritual body go
hand in hand. Because the spiritual body is nonphysical and you are locked in the
physical realm, you must access the whole realm of the nonphysical through your
emotions.

Human beings tend to love their dramas so much they can get lost in the process
of processing. Processing can become a way of life. This is not useful. It is not
"cool" to always be processing and saying to people, "Don't call me, I'm
processing. I'm deep in my stuff. I can't figure it out." Yes, your personal dramas
need to be examined. Yes, your personal dramas are a banquet of nourishment for
yourself. But, eat the food and get on with life and make yourself another banquet.
Quit holding onto these gems of your past and being so frightened that when you
resolve these issues you will never have anything else exciting come up again in
your lives. It is good to put processing in perspective.

The human body is evolving and changing. It may believe it needs a certain
nutritional combination because this is what you have been taught. Ideally at this
point, however, you will forget what you have been taught. You will listen to
your body and let your body tell you what it wants. We would guess many of you
in the last year have changed the things you want to eat. You no longer feel
comfortable eating what you used to eat because the vibration within certain food
is so intense it is not compatible with you. In the meat industry as you know it,
the cattle, pigs, and chickens are not fed food. They live in small compartments,
and many of them do not see the light of day. Many of them defecate on top of
one another because they live in layers of small metal boxes. This is how they are
raised. They are fed steroids and antibiotics - things other than food. They are not
raised with love. When they are taken to slaughter, they are also not killed with
love. So you are ingesting this vibration. Remember all things exist as a vibration.

Animals were put upon the planet to be companions for you, to live on the land,
and to feed you and shelter you when necessary. This was to be done with love.
When you live on a farm and raise your own chickens and pigs, and you feed
them food, when it comes time to bring them to slaughter, you do it with
compassion and love, then it is fine. You give quality of life to the animals, and
the animals in turn recycle themselves to give you love and quality of life. That is
the ideal. That was the reality for a long time upon this planet. It is not the reality
any longer. Be aware of the vibration within things. Let your body speak what it
wants. Let yourself be willing to change, because your body, as it attempts to
raise its vibration and build a light body, will move away from certain foods.
Intend you wish to change your diet and then intend things come to you.
We emphasize over and over again you are much more than physical beings.
You exist in many realities, and have a multitude of guides. So each of you needs
to become more clear in your intentions. What do you want? State; "I want to
evolve. I want to change my diet. I wish to have a greater sense of intuition."
Be clear about what you intend. The words I intend have tremendous power.

True health would consist of twelve completely mutated and evolved helixes
inside the body, which would activate full brain capacity. It will take a while for
the twelve helixes to be completely activated, though they can begin to be
plugged in. Some of you have experienced them as plugged in, yet not activated.
When they are in activation, the full brain is in operation and you are geniuses.
You know everything, you are telepathic, and you are able to do anything because
you are the host of the Living Library. You have the card that allows you to access
any kind of information stored all over this planet.

When you could aspire to anything, we would ask you to become impeccable
Keepers of Frequency. Keep inside yourself knowledge and information of the
highest order, an order of unlimited being. Make that frequency, simply by living
it, available to all around you by walking your streets, shopping in your stores,
and simply resting on your pillows in the evening and knowing who you are.

There will come a time when you will no longer need to seek information outside
yourselves. At this time, we and others like us come to trigger you, to round you
up, to gather you together, and to put you into clusters so you can reflect off each
other and electromagnetically charge each other. When we work with you, we
create sparks of light that allow openings. As these openings occur within you,
you vibrate at such a rate you affect everyone around you. Whenever something
clicks with one of you, you send out a frequency of recognition and other people
pick it up. That is how the group mind grows. It occurs without you rationally
understanding it or specifically having a picture or a realization of it because it
happens electromagnetically within the body. You create the raising of energy
according to how much you are able to handle.

Individuals must trigger themselves into multidimensionality. Part of the self
makes a decision and says, "Alright, I wish to go into this multidimensional
experience. What do I want to do?" The desire must win first. The desire is a
realization that puts you in the moment. Then you must decide what you are
going to do with this desire. You might forget it tomorrow. In order to structure
this desire and demonstrate you are really serious about it, participate in events,
actions, rituals, and ceremonies that demonstrate your commitment. Then you
can proceed to structure your life in such a way as to send the signal this is what
you mean. This can be like living and walking prayer.

Churches teach people to pray and beg certain lords for things they want or for
forgiveness. We are suggesting a living prayer, a process by which every moment
in the day has meaning and leads you because of the way you are acting and your
focus on what you are praying for. Living prayer involves having a very conscious
intention about the objects in your environment: having an altar, having sacred
things, and having nothing in your reality that does not have meaning for you.
We know suggesting you have nothing in your reality that has no meaning sends
an earthquake through some of you. But how many of you are putting up with
things you don't want in your life, whether it is the coat you have been wearing
for the last fifteen years that has a few moth holes under the arm or the partner
you have been carting around for thirty-five years who has more than a few moth
holes? It is a challenge to get rid of everything in your life that does not have
meaning for you, yet this is essential. Putting an altar together is a great overlay
for activating ritual. Ritual stirs up cellular memory and reminds you of ancient
teachings that are stored inside you. It puts these teachings into your active
memory. Ritual puts you in the now and takes you from one expanding now to
another by honoring aspects of Mother Earth that have personal significance. You
create personal significance for yourself. All things first come into being because
someone decided to energize them. Anything can be energized. It comes down to
the power of the individual mind to activate the will and use it to restructure
reality.

There is no one on the Earth plane at this time who is not impulsed toward
evolving. No one without this impulse would have come here. All the portals that
were opened and blueprints laid out for this time were conditioned to work
toward self-motivating, self-accelerating, rapid evolution. This book itself is a
process and a trigger. The keys are hidden within this book. We encourage you to
act on the impulses that are whispering in your ear saying, "You are part of this
Family of Light, and Earth is a Living Library." We will entice you and assist you
by saying there are many rewards. Even though we will never guarantee the
challenges will stop, there is a stance of mastery you will achieve. Learn to read
the symbols and follow the impulses to their highest conclusion.

Being multidimensional means opening the channels and turning the dials to the
various frequencies, and then receiving the transmissions or knowings. There are
not enough words in the present vocabulary or dictionary of expression to convey
the feelings of the nonphysical realm. The Spirit we speak of encompasses many
ideas. It basically refers to that which is not physical or not within
third­dimensional viewing. You can liken this enticement or leap to bounding on
a trampoline and going for one gigantic jump, after which you never touch the
trampoline again. You bound and bound and then go for that gold that sends you
into the realm of Spirit. This is not to say you are lost or destroyed or your
molecules are disseminated. It is simply the vault that all the ancient shamans on
Earth practiced and maintained as a potentiality, ­a way of linking intelligent
forms and assisting the evolving human species.

Multidimensionality to us is a way of life. We realize part of our challenge as
teachers is to transduce our way of life into systems that are evolving. To put you
at rest, however, unless you check out of the planet, this is a process you are
heading toward, though how you encounter it is up to you. We want you to be
able to go to the edge of a cliff, step off it, and stand in the air next to the cliff
edge. We want you to be out there. We want you to recognize the heretic inside
you: the part that knows and is going to break this reality wide open and establish
a whole new paradigm of consciousness. This is not going to be done by one
world leader; it is going to be done by the masses, because the masses are ready
for it. At this time, the Guardians of Light are on this planet in the millions. All
you need do is evolve yourselves. Your work at this time is very intensely
involved with the self, the physical vehicle you presently occupy.

It is the self that allows you to play this game at this time. Love it, honor it,
cherish it, take good care of it, speak very well of it, and intend it perform at
optimum capacity. That is all you need do to be open to connect with your
Family of Light. Then be prepared to find out who light has met, who light is
going to introduce you to, and who light, indeed, are.

Love is what you experience when you go beyond light. You need light, which is
information, to access this love. Without the informational frequency, the love
frequency is misunderstood. When the love frequency comes first, without the
light frequency, you think love is outside yourself rather than understanding it is
you. Then you do what people on the planet have done for eons: you worship and
deify everything and think that love is out there rather than in Here. We have
decided to come onto this planet and operate with light first by informing you,
strengthening you, and firing your blueprints according to information.
Now that you have become informed, and understand what you are up against
during the multidimensional light infusion with your identity, you will begin to
experience the love frequency that will allow you to extend love to other versions
of your multidimensional self and create a massive healing of consciousness on
many levels. The experiences you will have in these realms of activity can be very
powerful. They will alter you tremendously, and you will walk around with a
smile from ear to ear so others will wonder what you have been up to. You will
carry yourself this way because you will be in a vibration of ecstasy. You will be
in a vibration of connectedness, and everyone and everything you draw to
yourself will be a part of that vibration. Anything that does not resonate with this
frequency will not even be able to get near you. In actuality, when you resonate
with the higher frequencies, anything not in those frequencies will not even see
you. When you operate in the frequency of information coupled with creation and
love, you will be put to work spreading that frequency - not by doing it for
others, but by allowing others to feel your frequency when they come in contact
with you.

You all are invaluable, you know. Those of you who master these things, and
there is no reason why all of you cannot, will be in very high demand one of these
days. You will be looked upon as superhuman. However, it is not for you to
separate yourself from the population. It is your place to teach the population and
show them how they can do the same thing. Frequencies are to be given and
shared freely so everyone can discover what they can do for themselves.
This is how this planet is going to evolve.


Chapter Twenty-Two


  THE  GALACTIC  TIDAL  WAVE  OF  LIGHT 


Awareness is awakening within the masses on this planet. The sum total of events
as they quicken and unfold is seeping its way into everyone's reality. These events
are orchestrated and designed to bring you collectively, as a species, to this new
octave of light expression. This infusion from the galactic tidal wave of light comes
from the future through portals you open on this Earth plane as you follow and
weaveyourself through the journey and story we have shared with you. The masses
are awakening. You see them around you and feel the rumblings of consciousness,
the internal Earth changes, which will truly mark the rites of passage for all of
humanity.

We have, with the greatest assistance from our teachers, presented to this planet
information we feel can harmonize our purposes and pool our energies. We feel
we have given to this planet at this time a succinct message of inspiration -a message
that holds waves of truth. It is a message to tickle- a message to entice and call
forward that part of the self that has been hidden away and lying dormant. We feel
the material we have been sharing through this book is to awaken within you what
you know. It is to bring you to an understanding of the different versions of your
reality's illusion as it is sold to you and to an understanding of what your part in all
of this is or can be.

We have stimulated each and every one of you with our thought-provoking
messages. It has been our intention to move each one of you and stir you from some
place, not to make you uncomfortable. You may make yourselves uncomfortable;
we encourage you to find comfort. We also encourage you to climb a few mountain
ranges of consciousness within yourself: to go to new places of comfort and find
those valleys of eternal youth, vitality, and ongoing expression of creativity. There
you will find new vistas of consciousness and a galactic wave of light from the future.

It is our intention in delivering this final message in chapter 22, the final chapter,
to use the vibration of the number 22, a master number. This number is associated
with imprinting and delivering into this version of physical reality a master teaching
- a message that involves an encoding. The message is not simply in the way the
words are strung together: there are layers of information hidden within the method
and unfoldment of this book. Ideas are presented, conflicts arise, solutions suggested,
and inspiration weaves its way through, turning you always to that final commitment
to inspire yourself. We feel you will benefit from this orchestration we have been
influencing behind the scenes.

There is a process of understanding this book represents. Where it seems there
has been chaos and confusion, and where it seems as though things have been
scrambled, that scrambling has created its own order. This order is being summed
up in this final delivery under the stamp of 22. In this final message, we speak into
the soul and heart of every one of you. We ask you to hear the call, to recognize
it, and to step forward as a member of the Family of Light. Have the courage in
all the days you walk this planet to live that light and share it with all you encounter.
This does not mean to preach or sell that light. It means to live the light you know
you are, to discover in the simplicity of your being the purpose of your existence,
to blossom with it, and to reseed this place that is Planet Earth in its deepest time
of transition.

The process of moving into this higher octave of understanding - this blending of
dimensions and creation of new territory - will lead everyone through greater
understanding of death. Your light will be needed. Your light represents what you
know. This book has many ways, through designs and codes you have been unable
to recognize, to remind you in these final pages you know everything we speak
of and it is inside of you. It is time for you to share the discoveries and miracles of
operating the physical vehicle in these times of change and transition that involve the
death of the world as you know it. When there is a death, there is always a rebirth;
something dies and something new is born. As this planet moves closer to these days
of great change, each of you will be called upon to stand as pillars of light. You will
show the way in times when people are desperate because the old ways are no
longer solutions - they no longer fit and no longer apply.

We have intimated or suggested in this book light brings about much of this
chaos on the planet. So, during these times, your gifts will be needed. You cannot
run and hide, because you are needed to weave through the communities to bring
alternative ways of being. You are needed to share your belief in creating reality
through your thoughts and to show others how this works by healing and creating
new ideals of civilization and cooperation. As the days begin to unfold, they will
reveal the ancient prophecies as they are coming alive. These ancient prophecies
will be much more colorful and have their own versions of themselves as they teach
this planet its greatest lessons.

As you evolve, you carry what you know forward, share it and live it. You become
a greater vessel or greater expression of light. Through this process, you will find
over the next few years you will be catapulted beyond the speed of light with what
you will know. The abilities, talents, and information that will come to you are simply
 inside of you. We will remind you there is a galactic tidal wave of light from the
future coming toward your planet and this intersection will be felt throughout the
masses in the year 1993. It will be as though the entire planet has a unilateral raise
in consciousness. This wave has to be gigantic to affect all the masses who are
locked in frequency control. It is you, the Family of Light, who are here in the
millions making room in your bodies for this galactic tidal wave, who will allow
this infusion of the first layer of the light body to be held by all of the masse. The
light body is the body that holds the complete mutation of the species. It will be able
 to juggle realities through the shifting of consciousness by intent from one view to
another, like turning the stations on a television.

The light body will hold all this encoded data and be able to translate it at will.
It will communicate innerdimensionally and interdimensionally. Remember, matter
is simply light that is trapped. As you build your light body, you are allowing a
reorganization of the molecular structure - a loosening of your grip upon a certain
aspect of materialism so your spiritual understanding can be more in tune with your
day-to-day life. The building of the light body is the allowing of less trapped matter
to manifest and allow light, which is freer in expression and in seeking its own
source, to become who you are so you are not so solid. As you raise your vibratory
rates, you become your light body. You will see the change in your body literally.
Your body will become more vital, more youthful, more nourished in its own being,
and definitely the processor of a multitude of information. It will become a super
being.

The building of the light body involves becoming a super being. Extending the
longevity of the cellular body through rejuvenation and extension of cellular life is
coming back into fashion. This is part of building the light body - a body that is not
so dense, that does not self-destruct, that self-generates, and self-replenishes.
That is what you are all striving for. You would be your light body, and you
would feel it, were your logical mind not so worried about whether it is possible;
society is not telling you it is possible. We cannot emphasize enough to you that
you must stop listening to society. This is going to be the hardest task for you to
do and the biggest break for you to make. You have the societal self and the
spiritual self, and you must decide which one is sacred. Which one is your source
of authority? Let your intuitive self become your authority. Allow your intuitive self
to be the standard bearer of your experience, which is experience no one else is
going to validate.

Our experience springs from the assignment that you are knowing, and not
necessarily remembering, you are on. When you approach all you know with the
stance that there is divine order and divine purpose, without your ego aspect
comprehending it all the time, you will move rapidly through realities. There will be
many different ways this galactic tidal wave of light will be experienced. Definitely
it will catapult everyone into some exaggerated version of their greatest opportunity.
That, of course, is each person's choice. Our final words include a thank-you to
all of you who recognize the light source that is a part of your identity and moves
you to read this book and follow the silent whispers that echo down the golden spirals
through the corridors of your own being. We honor you, we recognize you, and we
are here to assist you. We are all here as the Family of Light to bring that choice
and freedom to evolve back onto this planet ­ to bring it to this place where it will
shine as a portion of the Living Library, a new star, a new light on the horizons of
many sentient worlds.

We wait in the future for your past to intersect our present and catapult all of
existence to a new octave, the highest octave of being. It is our great pleasure to
have your assistance in this process.



                                             


The Predator's Pact
  .